Asus P5N-T Deluxe Owner's Manual
Motherboard P5N-T Deluxe
ii E3506 Second Edition V2 December 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5N-T Deluxe speciîÂÂcations summary ..................................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features .................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features .............................................. 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .......................... 2-1 1 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-13 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19 2.5.4 PCI slot ......................................................................... 2-20 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slots ..................................................... 2-20 2.5.6 PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots ............................................. 2-20
iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-23 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-25 2.7.3 Installing the optional fans ............................................ 2-36 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ........................................................ 4-10 4.2.2 Menu bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.3 Legend bar ..................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items .................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.5 Sub- menu items .............................................................4-1 1 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ........................................................ 4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-12 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-12 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.3 Language ...................................................................... 4-13 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ......................................................... 4-13 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-14 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3/ 4 / 5/ 6 . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 6 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-17 4.3.8 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-17
v Contents 4.3.9 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-17 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 AI T uning ....................................................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Overclocking ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.3 Over V oltage ................................................................. 4-23 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex ............................................................ 4-24 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory ....................................................... 4-24 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC ......................................... 4-24 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5.1 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-25 4.5.2 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-26 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-27 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-30 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-30 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-31 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-35 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-35 4.7.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-35 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-36 4.7.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-36 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-37 4.7.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-38 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-40 4.8.1 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-40 4.8.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-42 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-43 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make disk menu .............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manual menu .................................................................. 5-6
vi Contents 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI NET2 ......................................................................... 5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-12 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ............................................................... 5-18 5.3.5 ASUS EPU Utility -- AI Gear 3 ...................................... 5-20 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-21 5.3.7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 .............................................................. 5-22 5.3.8 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-23 5.3.9 ASUS AI Direct Link ...................................................... 5-24 5.3.10 AI Audio 2 (SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility) ... 5-26 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-35 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-35 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations ........................................ 5-36 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-43 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .... 5-43 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î ............ 5-43 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ................................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Graphics card setup .................................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Installing three SLI-ready graphics cards ........................ 6-2 6.2.2 Installing two SLI-ready graphics cards .......................... 6-5 6.2.3 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-6 6.2.4 Enabling the NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology in Windows î .... 6-6 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.2.1 System requirements ...................................................... A-1 A.2.2 Using the EIST ................................................................ A-2 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package and the software. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA SLI⢠support This chapter describes the NVIDIA SLI⢠feature and shows the graphics card installation procedures. ⢠Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 Processors Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A/06 processors Intel î 45nm Multi-Core CPU Note : Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the Intel î CPU support list. Chipset NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI Front Side Bus 1333 / 1066 / 800 / 667 MHz Memory 4 x DIMM, max. 8GB, DDR2 1066/800 MHz, non-ECC, un-buffered memory Dual channel memory architecture Note: Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List (QVL). Expansion slots 3 x PCIe x16 (blue @PCIe 2.0 x16 mode, black @ PCIe x16 mode) with SLI⢠suppport 2 x PCIe x1 1 x PCI Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports three identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready graphics cards (all at x16 mode) Storage Southbridge supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 - 6 x Serial A T A 3 Gb/s - NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID supports RAID 0, 1, 10(0 1), 5 and JBOD conîÂÂguration across Serial A T A drives Marvell SA T A controller supports: - 1 x External SA T A 3 Gb/s port LAN Marvell î 88E1 1 16 PCIe Gigabit LAN PHY , featuring AI NET2 High DeîÂÂnition Audio ADI î 1988B 8-channel High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC Supports Jack-Sensing, Enumeration, and Multi-streaming Coaxial / Optical S/PDIF out ports at back panel IEEE 1394 VIA6308P controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (one at mid-board; one at back panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports (6 at mid-board, 4 at back panel) (continued on the next page)
xii P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary ASUS AI Lifestyle Unique features ASUS Power Saving Solution: - ASUS EPU (Energy Processing Unit) - ASUS 3rd Generation 8-phase Power Design - ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Lifestyle Features: - ASUS AI Direct Link ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution: - ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe solution - ASUS Fanless Design: StackCool 2 - ASUS Q-Fan 2 - ASUS Optional Fan for Water-cooling or Passive- Cooling only ASUS Crystal Sound: - ASUS Audio 2 - ASUS Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY : - ASUS Q-Shield - ASUS Q-Connector - ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Stylish Features ASUS MyLogo3⢠Multi-language BIOS ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - ASUS AI Booster utility Precision T weaker 2: - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.00625V increment - vDIMM: 64-step DRAM voltage control - vChipset (N.B.): 64-step Chipset voltage control - vFSB T ermination: 3-step reference voltage control - vCPU PLL: 64-step CPU PLL voltage control SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) - FSB tuning from 133MHz up to 800MHz at 1MHz increment - Memory tuning from 400MHz up to 2600MHz - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to 200MHz at 1MHz increment Overclocking Protection: - ASUS C.P .R.(CPU Parameter Recall) (continued on the next page)
xiii P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. Rear panel 2 x PS/2 Keyboard port (purple) 1 x Optical S/PDIF Output port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Output port 1 x External SA T A 1 x LAN (RJ45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port 8-channel Audio I/O Internal connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 6 x Serial A T A connectors 3 x USB connectors support additional 6 USB ports 1 x COM connector 1 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x CPU / 1 x Power / 2 x Chassis Fan connectors Front panel audio connector 1 x S/PDIF Out Header Chassis Intrusion connector CD audio in 24-pin A TX Power connector 8-pin A TX 12V Power connector System Panel (Q-Connector) BIOS features 8 Mb Award BIOS, PnP , DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, Multi-Language BIOS Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chasis Intrusion, PXE Support DVD contents Drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update ASUS AI Suite Image-Editing Suite Multi-language MB installation guide Anti-virus software (OEM version) Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm)
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5N-T Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5N-T Deluxe motherboard I/O modules 1 x 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 1 x Serial A T A power cable for 2 devices 6 x Serial A T A signal cables 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Q-S hield (I /O sh ield) 1 x ASUS Optional Fans for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only 1 x 3-in-1 ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, IEEE 1394, system panel; Retail version only) 1 x ASUS 3-way SLI bridge connector 1 x ASUS SLI bridge Application DVD ASUS motherboard support DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Coreâ¢2 Extreme CPU support This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Quad-core/Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package and IntelâÂÂs 45nm multi-core processors. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1333/1066/800/667 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI chipset The NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI chipset supports the NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology that allows three graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. ItâÂÂs designed for enthusiast, extreme overclocking capability , ultimate gaming performance with SLI technology support. ItâÂÂs deîÂÂnitely one of the fastest platform in the world. The NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI chipset also supports six (6) Serial A T A 3 Gb/s devices, three PCI Express⢠x16 slots with NVIDIA î SLI ⢠support at full x16, x16, x16 mode, and up to 10 USB 2.0 ports. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) NVIDIA SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows two GPUs to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth- shattering, scalable performance. NVIDIA î 3-W ay SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) NVIDIA 3-W ay SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express 2.0 bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows three graphics cards to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth-shattering, scalable performance. For some applications nearly triple performance! PCIe 2.0 This motherboard supports the latest PCIe 2.0 device for twice the current speed and bandwidth. This enhances system performance while still providing backward compatibility to PCIe 1.0 devices. See page 2-20 for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-3 DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates of 1066/800/667 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See page 2-13 for details. Serial A T A 3 Gb/s technology and SA T A-On-The-Go This motherboard supports the hard drives based on the Serial A T A (SA T A) 3 Gb/s storage speciîÂÂcation, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SA T A port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. See page 2-24 for details. The NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10(0 1), RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations for six SA T A 3 Gb/s connectors. See page 2-26 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-23 and 2-28 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY/PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks. It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details. Gigabit LAN solution The NVIDIA î native Gigabit LAN controller delivers transfer speeds up to ten times faster than conventional 10/100/1000 Ethernet connections. Gigabit LAN is the networking standard for the early future and is ideal for handling large amounts of data such as video, audio, and voice. See page 2-23 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features ASUS Power Saving Solution ASUS Power Saving solution intelligently and automatically provides balanced computing power and energy consumption. ASUS EPU The ASUS EPU utilizes innovative technology to digitally monitor and tune the CPU power supply with improved VR responses in heavy or light loadings. It automatically provides power for higher performance or improve efîÂÂciency by 7% when the PC is running low intensity applications. Working together with AI Gear 3, this can help you attain the best possible power efîÂÂciency and energy savings up to 58.6% to help save the environment. See page 5-20 for details. AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when you are temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-21 for details. High DeîÂÂnition Audio Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High DeîÂÂnition Audio, previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality 192KHz/24-bit audio output that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different destinations. Y ou can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing multi-channel network games. See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details. Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-5 ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the overclocking capability . ASUS 3rd Generation 8 Phase Power Design Longer Life, & Higher EfîÂÂciency! With power efîÂÂciency so important to operating temperatures, ASUS' 3rd generation 8-phase VRM design leads the industry with its 95% power efîÂÂciency . High quality power components such as low RDS (on) MOSFET s for minimum switching loss & lower temperatures, Ferrite core chokes with lower hysteresis loss, and high quality Japanese-made conductive polymer capacitors all add up to ensure longer component life and lower power loss - creating more energy efîÂÂciency . Fanless Design - Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat these critical components generate. Fanless Design - Pure Copper Heat-pipe The Heat Pipe design effectively directs the heat generated by the chipsets to the heatsink near the back IO ports, where it can be carried away by existing airîÂÂow from CPU fan or bundled optional fan. The purpose of the innovative heat pipe design on this motherboard is that the groundbreaking fanless design does not have lifetime problems as a chipset fan does. Furthermore, it provides options for users to install side-îÂÂow fan or passive cooler . The Heat Pipe design is the most reliable fanless thermal solution to date. DO NOT uninstall the heat-pipe by yourself. Doing so may bend the tubing and affect the heat dissipation performance. Optional Fan (for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only) The optional fan is speciîÂÂcally designed to provide sufîÂÂcient airîÂÂow over the CPU power modules and chipset area when water-cooling or passive-cooling is utilized, ensuring effective heat dissipation for the entire system. See page 2-36 for details.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction Q-Fan 2 AS US Q-F an2 t ec hno log y in tel lig ent ly a dju sts b ot h C PU fan a nd ch ass is fa n sp eed s a cco rd in g t o s ys te m l oad ing t o ens ure q ui et, co ol an d efî cie nt op era tio n. See page 5-22 for details. ASUS Crystal Sound This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype, online game, video conference and recording. AI Audio 2 AI Audio 2 creates a virtual center channel that expands the overall sound îÂÂeld without introducing a picket fencing effect. Preserving the dialogue or solo performances with downmixing from multichannels will allow you to experience true-to-life high quality audio. See pages 5-26 to 5-34 for details. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. ASUS EZ DIY ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer components, update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings. ASUS Q-Shield The specially designed ASUS Q-Shield provides conductivity to best protect your motherboard against static electricity damage and shields it against Electronic Magnetic Interference (EMI). Without the usual "îÂÂngers" present, this new design is convenient and safe to install. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. This unique module eliminates the trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding wrong cable connections. See page 2-35 for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-7 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-40 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See pages 4-5 and 4-42 for details. ASUS MyLogo3⢠This feature allows you to convert your favorite photo into a 256-color boot logo for a more colorful and vivid image on your screen. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you conîÂÂgure your system easier and faster . See page 4-13 for details. 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. See page 5-23 for details. Precision T weaker 2 Allows the user to adjust the NB V oltage, FSB termination V oltage, CPU PLL V oltage and the DRAM V oltage in 0.02v steps to îÂÂnetune voltages to achieve the most precise setting for the ultimate customized overclocking conîÂÂguration. See pages 4-18 to 4-24 for details.
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter .
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the A TX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components.
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N-T DELUXE î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout P ANEL P5N-T DELUXE î AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_FAN DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) FLOPPY Super I/O CD PCIEX16_1 PCI1 CLRTC SB_PWR EA TXPWR CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN1 COM1 EA TX12V LGA775 IE1394_2 PCIEX1_1 LAN1_USB12 KBMS USB34 AUDIO F_ESA TA SPDIF_O12 BIOS CHA_FAN2 USB910 SA TA12 DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) AD1988B PWR_FAN Marvell î 88SE61 11 EPU PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_3 USB78 USB56 SA TA34 SA TA56 PRI_IDE Marvell î 88SE11 16 VIA VT6308P NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI⢠NVIDIA î nForce î 200 Refer to 2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-13 2. PCI slot 2-20 3. PCI Express x 1 slots 2-20 4. PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots 2-20 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-22 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 3. IEEE 1394a port 2-23 4. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-23 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-23 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-23 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-23 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-23 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-24 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-24 12. External SA T A port 2-24 13. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-24 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-24 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-24
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-25 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE)) 2-25 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) 2-26 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-27 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-28 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-28 7. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN) 2-29 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-30 9. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin EA TX12V) 2-30 10. Front panel audio co nne cto r (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 1 1. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-33 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) 2-34 13. ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) 2-35
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Core ⢠2 Quad / Core ⢠2 Extreme / Core ⢠2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4 processors. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . ⢠Due to the chipset limitation, we recommend you use FSB 800MHz CPU or above.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-7 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE CPU Socket 775
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket then îÂÂt the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced Memory 64 T echnology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading T echnology . Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-9 Fastener Motherboard 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor , the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector . Narrow end of the groove
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . A B P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-1 1 T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.)
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-13 Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE 240-pin DDR3 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 Single-Channel Populated - - - - Populated - - Dual-channel (1) Populated Populated - - Dual-channel (2) Populated Populated Populated Populated
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠If you install four 1 GB memory modules, the system may detect less than 3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical functions. Thi s limitation applies to Windows Vista 32-bit/Wi ndows XP 32-bit version operating system since it does not support P AE (Physical Address Extention) mode. ⢠If you install Windows Vista 32-bit/Windows XP 32-bit version operating system, we recommend that you install less than 3GB of total memory . Notes on memory limitations ⢠Due to chipset limitation, this motherboard can only support up to 8 GB on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 64-bit Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Vista x64 Edition ⢠Y ou may install varying memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. The system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel conîÂÂguration. Any excess memory from the higher-sized channel is then mapped for single-channel operation. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1 1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N-T Deluxe Motherboard QualiîÂÂed V endors Lists (QVL) DDR2-800MHz capability Size V endor Chip No. CL Chip Brand SS/ DS Part No. DIMM support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC 5 SEC SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package 4-4-4-12 N/A DS KHX6400D2LL/1G ⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package 4-4-4-12 N/A SS KHX6400D2LLK2/1GN ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON V59C1512804QBF25 N/A N/A DS KVR800D2N5/1G ⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A SS KHX6400D2ULK2/1G ⢠⢠⢠2048MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS KHX6400D2ULK2/2G ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F 5-5-5 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-25F-B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821CFP-S5 5-5-5 Hynix DS HYMP512U64CP8-S5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB MICRON D9GKX N/A N/A DS MT16HTF12864A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS CM2X1024-6400C4 ⢠⢠512MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A SS BL6464AA804.8FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD ⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AL804.16FD3 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD3 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Apacer Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A DS AHU01GE800C5K1C ⢠512MB A-DAT A AD29608A8A-25EG N/A N/A SS M2OAD6G3H3160G1E53 ⢠1024MB A-DA T A AD26908A8A-25EG N/A N/A DS M2OAD6G3I4170I1E58 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX KKA8FEIBF-HJK-25A N/A KINGMAX SS KLDC28F-A8KI5 ⢠⢠1024MB KINGMAX KKA8FEIBF-HJK-25A N/A KINGMAX DS KLDD48F-ABKI5 ⢠⢠1024MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS T800UB1GC4 ⢠1024MB NANY A NT5TU64M8BE-25C 5 NANY A DS NT1GT64U8HB0BY -25C ⢠⢠⢠1024MB NANY A NT5TU64M8CE-25D N/A NANYA DS NT1GT64U8HCOBY -25D ⢠⢠512MB PSC A3R12E3H EF641B9A05 5 PSC SS AL6E8E63B8E1K ⢠⢠⢠1024MB PSC A3R12E3HE F641B9A0 5 5 PSC DS AL7E8E63B-8E1K ⢠⢠⢠256MB T winMOS E2508AB-GE-E 5 ELPIDA SS 8G-24IK2-EBT ⢠1024MB Elixir N2TU51280BE-25C N/A Elixir DS M2Y1G64TU8HB0B-25C ⢠⢠Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667 MHz QVL. SS - Single-sided / DS - Double-sided DIMM support: ⢠A*: Supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory conîÂÂguration. ⢠B*: Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. ⢠C*: Supports four modules inserted into both the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-17 P5N-T Deluxe Motherboard QualiîÂÂed V endors Lists (QVL) DDR2-667MHz capability Size V endor Chip No. CL Chip Brand SS/ DS Part No. DIMM support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON D6408TEBGGL3U 5 KINGSTON SS KVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3S 5 N/A SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON 6SBI2D9DCG 5 MICRON SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠2048MB KINGSTON E1 108AB-6E-E N/A ELPIDA DS KVR667D2N5/2G ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S 5 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S 5 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-B ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG K4T51 163QE-ZCE6 5 SAMSUNG DS M378T3354EZ3-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QE 5 SAMSUNG SS M378T6553EZS-CE6 ⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QE 5 SAMSUNG DS M378T2953EZ3-CE6 ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HY5PS121621CFP-Y5 5 Hynix SS HYMP532U64CP6-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821CFP-Y5 5 Hynix DS HYMP512U64CP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR 64M8CFEG N/A N/A SS VS512MB667D2 ⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR 64M8CFEG N/A N/A DS VS1GB667D2 ⢠⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E 5 ELPIDA SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E ⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E 5 ELPIDA SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB A-DA TA AD29608A8A-3EG 5 A-DA TA SS M2OAD5G3H3166I1C52 ⢠⢠1024MB A-DA T A AD29608A8A-3EG 5 A-DAT A DS M2OAD5G3I4176I1C52 ⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A SS BL6464AA663.8FD ⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AA663.16FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AL664.16FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AA663.16FD2 ⢠512MB Apacer AM4B 5708G QJS7E062 8F 5 AP ACER SS AU512E667C5KBGC ⢠1024MB Apacer AM4B5708GQJS7E 5 AP ACER DS AU01GE667C5KBGC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Kingmax N2TU51216AG-3C 5 NANY A SS KLCB68F-36KH5 ⢠512MB Kingmax KKEA88B4LAUG-29DX 5 KINGMAX SS KLCC28F-A8KB5 ⢠⢠1024MB Kingmax KKEA88B4LAUG-29DX 5 KINGMAX DS KLCD48F-A8KB5 ⢠512MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A SS T6UA512C5 ⢠1024MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A DS T6UB1GC5 ⢠⢠2048MB NANY A NT5TU128M8BJ-3C 5 NANY A DS NT2GT64U8HB0JY-3C ⢠⢠⢠512MB NANY A NT5TU64M8BE-3C 5 NANYA SS NT512T64U88B0BY -3C ⢠⢠⢠512MB PSC A3R12E3GEF637BLC5N 5 PSC SS AL6E8E63B-6E1K ⢠⢠⢠1024MB PSC A3R12E3GEF637BLC5N 5 PSC DS AL7E8E63B-6E1K ⢠⢠⢠512MB T winMOS TMM6208G8M30C 5 T winMOS SS 8D-23JK5M2ETP ⢠⢠â¢
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-19 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCIEx16_1 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx16_2 â â â â â shared â â PCIEx16_3 â â â â shared â â â PCI Slot â â â â â shared â â PCIEx1_1 shared â â â â â â â PCIEx1_2 â shared â â â â â â USB 1.1 â shared â â â â â â USB 2.0 â â shared â â â â â LAN â shared â â â â â â P A T A shared â â â â â â â SA T A_1 â shared â â â â â â SA T A_2 â â shared â â â â â SA T A_3 â â â used â â â â SA T A_RAID â shared â â â â â â 1394 â shared â â â â â â Audio â â shared â â â â â IRQ Standard function 0 System timer 1 Standard 101/102-key or Microsoft Natural Keyboard 4 Communications Port (COM1)* 6 Standard îÂÂoppy disk controller 8 System CMOS/real-time clock 9 Microsoft ACPI-compliant system 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #3 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #4 10 NVIDIA nForce PCI system management 1 1 Mass storage controller 12 PS/2 compatible mouse port 13 Numeric data processor 14 Primary IDE channel 16 NVIDIA GeForce 6600 GT 19 VIA OHCI compliant IEEE 1394 host controller 20 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 20 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 21 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 22 Standard OpenHCD USB host controller 22 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 23 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB host controller 23 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slot The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slots This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. 2.5.6 PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots This motherboard has three PCI Express x16 slots that support PCI Express x16 graphic cards complying with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. With three graphics cards installed, the motherb oard can enable tri-display . T wo (blue slots) of the three PCI Express x16 slots support PCIe 2.0 devices. This motherboard supports 3 SLI-ready Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. PCIe 2.0 x16_1 slot (blue, @x16) PCI Express x1_2 slot PCI Express x1_1 slot PCIe x16_2 slot (black, @x16) PCI slot PCIe 2.0 x16_3 slot (blue, @x16)
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-21 ⢠We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slots, and install any other PCI Express device on the PCI Express slot (black). ⢠Currently , only NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready GeForce î 8800 Ultra and GeForce î 8800 GTX graphics cards support 3-W ay SLI⢠mode. ⢠Connect a rear chassis fan to the chassis (CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2) connector when using two (or three) graphics cards for better thermal environment. See page 2-29 for details. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See page 2-30 for details. ⢠In single card mode, we suggest that you use any of the PCIe 2.0 slots (blue) for a PCI Express x16 graphics card to get better performance. ⢠In SLI⢠mode, we recommend that you use the PCIe 2.0 slots (blue slots) for PCI Express x16 graphics cards to get better performance. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See page 2-30 for details.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. 2.6 Jumper 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters b y e r a s i n g t h e C M O S R T C R A M d a t a . T h e o n b o a r d b u t t o n c e l l b a t t e r y powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. 1 2 2 3 P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal (Default) Clear RTC
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-23 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 3. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 4. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration.. 7. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 8. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 2 4 3 5 12 9 10 7 8 6 14 1 1 13 1 15
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. External SA T A port . This port connects to an external a Serial A T A hard disk drive. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot- swap function. 13. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. DO NOT insert a dif ferent connector to the external SA T A port. When using hot-plug and NCQ, set the J-Micron eSA T A/P A T A Controller Mode in the BIOS to [AHCI].
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-25 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_EIDE PIN 1
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration with the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item under the Serial A T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. These connectors support Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, Hot Swap and smart setup. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE SA T A connectors SA T A6 SA T A5 GND RSA TA_TXP6 RSA TA_TXN6 GND RSA TA_RXP6 RSA TA_RXN6 GND GND RSA TA_TXP5 RSA TA_TXN5 GND RSA TA_RXP5 RSA TA_RXN5 GND SA T A3 SA T A4 GND RSA TA_TXP3 RSA TA_TXN3 GND RSA TA_RXP3 RSA TA_RXN3 GND GND RSA TA_TXP4 RSA TA_TXN4 GND RSA TA_RXP4 RSA TA_RXN4 GND SA T A2 SA T A1 GND RSA TA_TXP2 RSA TA_TXN2 GND RSA TA_RXP2 RSA TA_RXN2 GND GND RSA TA_TXP1 RSA TA_TXN1 GND RSA TA_RXP1 RSA TA_RXN1 GND
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-27 Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device, or connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. Right-angle side 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard. 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE IEEE 1394a connector IE1394_2 PIN 1 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1 P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-29 7. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 1A~2.2A (26.4 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠Only the CPU_F AN, CHA_F AN1 and CHA_F AN2 connectors support the ASUS Q-F AN 2 feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better themal environment. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and â Groundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the A TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the EA TX12V connector . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts 5 Volts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EA TX12V GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-31 ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 550 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If you are uncertain about the minimum power supply requirement for your system, refer to the Recommended Power Supply W attage Calculator at http://support.asus.com/PowerSupplyCalculator/PSCalculator . aspx?SLanguage=en-us for details. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two or more high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 1000 W power or above to ensure the system stability . PSU suggested list PSU suggested list SilverStone ST1000 Seasonic SS-600HT Thermaltake W0083RE Thermaltake PUREPower-600AP Silverstone SST -ST75ZF EnerMAX EG701AX-VE (E)(24P) ⢠If you want to use 3-W ay SLI⢠conîÂÂguration, visit the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com) for the qualiîÂÂed PSU vendor list. Power supply requirements Heavy Loading CPU SMF 3.2XE Memory 1 GB*4 VGA 8800 Ultra*3 SA T A-HDD 6 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 1 USB 4 (continued on the next page) 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.14 12.21 5.22 3.456 12.2 12.2 12.2 Current (A) 1 1.32 13.71 6.41 6.98 6.51 6.59 6.6 Power (W) 137.425 167.399 33.460 24.123 79.422 80.398 80.52 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 6 1 1 1 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 708.577 Power (W) 62.7 10.45 10 12.68 10
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Normal Loading CPU KSF 3.0XE Memory 1 GB*4 VGA 8800 Ultra*2 SA T A-HDD 4 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 0 USB 4 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.14 12.21 5.225 3.455 12.2 12.2 Current (A) 6.74 8.92 6.22 6.87 6.52 6.82 Power (W) 81.824 108.913 32.500 23.736 79.544 83.204 0 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 4 1 1 0 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 481.970 Power (W) 41.8 10.45 10 0 10 Light Loading CPU Conroe 3.0 EM64T Memory 1 GB*2 VGA 8800 Ultra*1 SA T A-HDD 2 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 0 USB 4 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.19 12.21 5.22 3.456 12.16 Current (A) 3.19 5.55 5.04 5.36 6.5 Power (W) 38.886 67.766 26.309 18.524 79.04 0 0 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 2 1 1 0 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 281.875 Power (W) 20.9 10.45 10 0 10
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-33 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne cto r (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. (black) 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We reco mmend that yo u conn ect a h igh-de îÂÂnitio n fr ont pa nel aud io mod ule to t his co nnector to av ail of the mo therbo ardâ s high -deîÂÂnit ion au dio cap abilit y . ⢠If you want to connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , set the Front Panel T ype item in the BIOS setup to [HD Audio]; if you want to connect an AC'97 front panel audio module to this connector , set the item to [AC'97]. By default, this connector is set to [HD Audio] . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Analog front panel connector AAFP Legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio pin definition SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# GND NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND HD Audio-compliant pin definition P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Internal audio connector CD Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-35 13. ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard. Due to space limitation, when using the PCIEX16_3 slot for a graphics card with a bulky case, do not install the Q-Connector .
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.3 Installing the optional fans Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the fan to the grooved edge of the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cable. 4. The photo shows the fan installed on the motherboard. ⢠Plug the optional fan cable to the CHA_F AN1, CHA_F AN2 or PWR_F AN connector on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. ⢠We strongly recommend that you install the optional fan when using a passive cooler or a water cooler .
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with A TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î Vista: 1. Click the Start button then select ShutDown. 2. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts th e sys tem t o sle ep mo de or t o sof t-o ff mod e, de pe ndi ng on t he BI OS se tti ng . Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section 4.6 Power Menu in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-35 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-40 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-43
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. P5NTDLX.BIN P5NTDLX
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format . A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B324 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support DVD to the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. Under the DOS mode, use <X:> (X stands for the name of the disk assignment) to switch to the folder of îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or USB îÂÂash disk you saved the BIOS îÂÂleand AwardBIOS Flash Utility . 5. At the prompt, type awdîÂÂash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program:
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0112.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0112.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: 0113.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0113.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk has enough disk space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Default item under the Exit Menu. See section 4.9 Exit Menu. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Oct 26 2007 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS DVDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Extreme T weaker For changing the overclocking settings Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Pop-up menu Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-13 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Oct 26 2007 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. ConîÂÂguration options: [English] [French] [Deutsch] [Chinese (T rad.)] [Chinese (Simp.)] [Japanese] 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disable] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-15 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-17 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.9 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4 Extreme Tweaker menu The Extreme menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure overclocking-related items. 4.4.1 AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclock]. Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] T ake caution when changing the settings of the Extreme menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x System Clocks x FSB & Memory Conî¿g Overclocking Over Voltage NVIDIA GPU EX [Disabled] x SLI-Ready Memory Not Detected F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-19 The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. System Clocks This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_1 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_2 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_3 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [200.0 MHz] [200.5 MHz] [201.0 MHz] [201.5 MHz]~[499.5MHz] [500.0 MHz] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker System Clocks PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] SPP<->MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set C55 PCIE Overclock
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB & Memory ConîÂÂg This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Auto] Allows you to set the system clock mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Linked] [Unlinked] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Linked]. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help System clock mode [Auto] Set FSB and memory speed automatically. [Linked] Enter FSB speed manually. Memory Speed changes proportionally. [Unlinked] Enter FSB and memory speed manually. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Linked] FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 x MEM (DDR), MHz Linked Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 667 FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1:1] [5:4] [3:2] [Sync Mode] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Allows you to set the CPU FSB frequency . Adjust the value using < > / <-> or the numeric keypad and press <Enter> . ConîÂÂguration options: [533 MHz]~[3000 MHz] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 The Actual FSB (QDR) reîÂÂects the actual CPU frequency that will take effect on a reboot. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Unlinked]. MEM (DDR), MHz [667] Allows you to set the Memory frequency . Adjust the value using < > / <-> or the numeric keypad and press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [400 MHz]~[2600 MHz] Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 666.7 The Actual MEM (DDR) reîÂÂects the actual memory frequency that will take effect on a reboot.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-21 4.4.2 Overclocking This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Overclocking CPU Type Genuine Intel (R) CPU CPU Speed 2.80GHz Cache RAM 1024K x2 Memory Timing Setting Spread Spectrum Control Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] EnhancedC1 (C1E) [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRCD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRP [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRAS [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1 clock] [2 clock] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CAS# latency (CAS# to read data valid) Set Memory timings to [Optimal] to use the value recommended by the DIMâÂÂs manufacturer. Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] tRCD [Auto] tRP [Auto] tRAS [Auto] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ** Advanced Memory Settings ** tRRD [Auto] tRC [Auto] tWR [Auto] tWTR [Auto] tREF [Auto] tRD [Auto] tRFC [Auto] Async Latency [Auto]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] SA T A Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] LDT Spread Spectrum [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] ** Advanced Memory Settings** tRRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] tWR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tWTR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tREF [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] tRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRFC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[127] Async Latency [Auto] Select [Auto] to auto detect the smallest latency to use for the asynchronize logic on memory read. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00nS] [1.25nS] [1.50nS] [1.75nS] [2.00nS] [2.25nS] [2.50nS] Spread Spectrum Control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Spread Spectrum Control CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] SATA Spread Spectrum [Disabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Auto]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-23 CPU Internal Thermal Control [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxV al [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [6x] [7x] [8x] 4.4.3 Over V oltage This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system voltage-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. VCore V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.90000V] [1.89375V] [1.88750V] [1.88125V] [1.87500V]...[0.83750V] [0.83125V] CPU VTT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] [1.40V] [1.45V] [1.50V] Memory V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.850V] [1.870V] [1.890V]...[3.090V] [3.1 10V] NB BR04 CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] 1.2V HT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.22V] [1.24V]...[1.98V] [2.00V] NB CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.22V] [1.24V]...[2.44V] [2.46V] SB CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.55V] [1.57V] [1.59V]...[1.83V] [1.85V] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Over Voltage VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VTT Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] NB BR04 CHIP Voltage [Auto] 1.2V HT Voltage [Auto] NB CHIP Voltage [Auto] SB CHIP Voltage [Auto] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set CPU VID to desired voltage, but it will cause other CPU power management feature such as C1E, EIST, and TM2) fail to control CPU VID. Select [Auto] to let CPU VID keep original value.
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex [Disabled] Enables or disables with the optimized NVIDIA Ex graphics driver . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory [Disabled] Allows you to select the SPD proîÂÂle for SLI-Ready memory modules. The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of module you installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Optimal] [High Performance] [High Frequency] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when SLI-Ready Memory is set to [Enabled]. 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC [CPUOC 0%] ConîÂÂguration options: [CPUOC 0%] [CPUOC 1%]~[CPUOC 14%] [CPUOC MAX]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-25 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.1 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-6) Open N/A LAN1(4-5) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for system devices. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. AI NET2 PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.2 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-27 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio] Onboard nVidia LAN [Enabled] Marvell SATAII Controller [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to control onchip SATA controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA1 RAID Disabled x SATA2 RAID Disabled x SATA3 RAID Disabled x SATA4 RAID Disabled x SATA5 RAID Disabled x SATA6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A1/2/3/4/5/6 RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the îÂÂrst to sixth SA T A master drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy AC`97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard nVidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Marvell SA T AII Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the extended SA T AII controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-29 USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-31 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] When set to [Instant-Off], the system goes into Soft-of f mode after you press the power button for less than 4 seconds. When set to [Suspend], the system goes into Suspend mode after you press the power button for less than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI/PCIE devices and the NVIDIA î onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the support of USB keyboard or mouse resumption from S5. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date(of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time(hh:mm) 0 : 40 : 0 HPET Support [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items Date (of Month) Alarm and Alarm Time (hh:mm) become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date (of Month) Alarm [XX] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date (of Month) Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. V alue âÂÂ0â means everyday . ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Alarm Time (hh:mm) [ XX: XX: XX] T o set the time of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Alarm T ime pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=23]---hour [Min=0] [Max=59]---minute [Min=0] [Max=59]---second HPET Support [Enabled] The hardware high precision efîÂÂcient timer (HPET) is to increase the performance of the Vista Multimedia player and can meet V istaâÂÂs requirement. Disable this feature if your system is running under XP environment. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-33 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Hardware Monitor CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x CPU Q-Fan Proî¿le [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x Chassis Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Vcore Voltage [ 1.34V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.20V] 5V Voltage [ 4.83V] 12V Voltage [11.52V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 36úC CPU Fan Speed 2667 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN2 Speed 0 RPM PWR_FAN Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed Warning [600 RPM] CPU Q-Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the CPU Q-Fan Control feature. CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Chassis Q-fan. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Auto] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the Chassis Q-Fan. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent]
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this item. CPU T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] M/B T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CHA_F AN 1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] PWR_F AN Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU/ Chassis/Power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed function, which gives off a warning when the CPU fan speed is too low . If you set this item to [Disabled], the system will not warn you even if no fan is installed or if the fan is not functioning properly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [600 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-35 4.7 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled] 4.7.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. SA T A X: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. SATA X: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-37 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled. T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30]
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 MB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to set the error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-39 T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.8.1 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-41 Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with the F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to load the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle. 2. Turn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle > Load from File . Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between drives before the correct âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. 5. A pop-up message will inform you when the loading process îÂÂnishes. ⢠Suggest only to update the BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. ⢠Only the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle can be loaded. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to save the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices with enough space. 2. Turn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂSave to File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between the drives. Press hot-key <S> to save the îÂÂle. 5. Key in the îÂÂle name. Then press <Enter>. 6. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process îÂÂnishes.
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B324 BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]: Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. 4.8.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B324 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-43 4.9 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Default This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package and the softwares.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-35 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-43
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î XP/ Vista operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/ motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard Installs all of the drivers through the Installation Wizard. NVIDIA Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î chipset driver program. SoundMAX ADI Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988B audio driver and application. Marvell61xx SA T A RAID Controller Installs the Marvell SA T A RAID driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. Click to display the next page Click to return to the previous page
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Suite Installs the ASUS AI Suite. ASUS AI Direct Link Installs the ASUS AI Direct Link application Adobe Acrobat Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. InterVideo MediaOne Gallery Installs the media library and all-in-one software. WinDVD Copy5 T rial Installs the WinDVD Copy5 trial version. Ulead PhotoImpact 12 SE Installs the PhotoImpact image editing software. CyberLink PowerBackup Installs CyberLink PowerBackup to back up and restore your data easily . Corel SnapîÂÂre Plus SE Installs Corel SnapîÂÂre Plus SE.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-5 5.2.4 Make disk menu The Make disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIA î or Marvell î SA T A/RAID driver disk. Marvell61xx 32/64bit Driver Allows you to create a Marvell61xx 32/64bit driver disk. NVIDIA 32/64bit XP SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create a NVIDIA î Windows î XP 32/64bit RAID driver . NVIDIA 32/64bit Vista SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create a NVIDIA î Windows î Vista 32/64bit RAID driver .
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 Manual menu The Manual menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Mo st user ma nua l î les a re in P ort abl e D ocum ent Fo rma t ( PD F). Ins tal l t he Ad obe î Ac rob at î R ead er f rom th e U til it ies men u b efo re open ing a use r m an ual îÂÂle . 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-7 Browse this DVD Displays the support DVD contents in graphical format. 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support. Filelist Displays the contents of the support DVD in text format.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠The ASUS MyLogo3⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo3⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the support DVD. See section 5.2.3 Utilities menu for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo3â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo3 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo3â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration . ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , JPG, or BMP îÂÂle formats.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-1 1 3. Click the Run button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 features the Marvell î Virtual Cable T ester⢠(VCT). VCT is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the T ime Domain ReîÂÂectometry (TDR) technology . The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy . The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal îÂÂeld support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable T ester⢠T o use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable T ester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable T ester . 2. Click Virtual Cable T ester from the menu to display the screen below . ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run button on the Virtual Cable T ester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the item Post Check LAN Cable in the BIOS Setup.
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and al erts yo u of any pro blem wi th thes e comp onen ts. PC Pro be II sen ses fan ro tat io ns , CPU t emp er at ure , an d sys te m vol ta ges , amo ng o the rs . Bec au se PC Probe II is software-b ased, you can start monitori ng your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y o u c a n l a u n c h t h e P C P r o b e I I r i g h t a f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n o r a n y t i m e f r o m t h e Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. Af ter l aun ch ing t he ap pl ica ti on, t he PC Pr ob e II ic on ap pea rs in t he Wi nd ows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, th e main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-13 Sensor alert Wh en a sy st em s en so r det ec ts a pr ob le m, t he ma in w in do w ri ght h an dl e turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate. Button F u n c t i o n Button Functioin Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels Al l moni to r pan els m ove t oge the r usi ng a ma gne tic e ffec t. If you want to detach a monitor panel from t he g r o up , c l i ck t h e ho r s e sh o e m a gn e t icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-15 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This b ro ws er displays various Windows î management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The U sag e bro wse r dis pla ys rea l-t im e info rma tio n on th e CPU, h ard d isk dr iv e space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (b lue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-17 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory . ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear 3, AI N.O.S., AI Booster , AI Nap, and Q-Fan 2 utilities easily . Install the ASUS EPU AI Gear 3 Driver before the ASUS AI Suite utility . Otherwise, the ASUS AI Suite will not function properly . Installing AI Suite T o install AI Suite on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click AI Suite . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching AI Suite Y ou can launch AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch AI Suite from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1.xx.xx . The AI Suite main window appears. After launching the application, the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using AI Suite Click the AI Gear 3, AI Nap, AI Booster , or Q-Fan 2 icon to launch the utility , or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state. Press to launch AI Gear 3 Press to launch AI Nap Press to launch Q-Fan 2 Pr ess to l aun ch A I Bo ost er Press to restore to normal
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-19 Other feature buttons Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window . Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit. Displays the CPU/ system temperature, CPU/memory/PCIE voltage, and CPU/ chassis fan speed Displays the FSB/CPU frequency
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Auto Mode Calibration T urbo Mode High Performance Mode Medium Power Saving Mode Max. Power Saving Mode Settings 5.3.5 ASUS EPU Utility -- AI Gear 3 ASUS AI Gear 3 is a utility designed to conîÂÂgure and support all ASUS EPU (Energy Processing Unit) features. This easy-to-use utility provides four system performance proîÂÂles that adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage for different computing needs. After installing ASUS AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch ASUS AI Gear 3 by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI Gear 3 button on the AI Suite main window . Here are some simple ways to use AI Gear 3: ⢠Click the four gear mode buttons below , including T urbo , High Performance , Medium Power Saving , and Max. Power Saving , or shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. ⢠Click Calibration îÂÂrst, and switch to Auto mode to have AI Gear 3 automatically adjust the system performance according to the CPU loading. ⢠Under Auto mode, Click Settings to set the time for the system to enter AI Nap mode.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-21 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap button on the AI Suite main window . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down, just right click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar , select AI Nap and click Use power button . Unclick the the item to switch the function back.
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 This ASUS Q-Fan 2 Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan 2 or the Chassis Q-Fan 2 for more efîÂÂcient system operation. After enabling the Q-Fan 2 function, the fans can be set to automatically adjust depending on the temperature, to decrease fan speed, or to achieve the maximum fan speed. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan 2 button on the AI Suite main window . Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names. Select CPU Q-Fan 2 or CHASSIS Q-Fan 2 . Click the box of Enabled to activate this function. drop-down list button Enabled box ProîÂÂle list appears after clicking the Enabled box. Click the drop- down list button and select a proîÂÂle. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed with the temperature; Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation; Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best cooling effect. click to display the drop-down list and select a Q-Fan 2 mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-23 5.3.8 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the AI Booster button on the AI Suite main window . The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.9 ASUS AI Direct Link ASUS AI Direct Link allows you to form a computer-to-computer network via a network cable to share îÂÂles with high transfer rate. Y ou must îÂÂrst connect two computers (at least one of them is ASUS product) using a network cable, and then install the utility to both computers to avail the AI Direct Link feature. ⢠T urn off your îÂÂrewall software other than Windows Firewall before launching AI Direct Link. ⢠The transfer rate is limited if you use a 10/100 LAN card. Using AI Direct Link T o enable the incoming folder: 1. From the Windows î taskbar , right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Incoming folder > Enable incoming folder. 2. If you want to to verify the incoming user , select Use my account and set your username and password. Otherwise, select Use public account . For securityâÂÂs sake, it is recommended that you set a username and password. 3. Click OK and the âÂÂReady for incomingâ message appears. T o disable the incoming folder , select Incoming folder > Disable incoming folder . For Windows XP Home edition users, click Steps of enabling îÂÂle sharing on this pop-up message and follow the instructions to enable the incoming folder .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-25 The default path of the AIDirectLinkIncoming folder is C:\Program Files\ASUS\AI Direct Link. T o change its location, disable the incoming folder îÂÂrst. Then, select Incoming folder > Change incoming folder to open the system directories, and move the AIDirectLinkIncoming folder under another directory . T o connect to another computer: This function is valid for ASUS products only . 1. From the Windows î taskbar , right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Connect. The following screen displays. 2. Click Refresh . The software starts searching for the connected computer . 3. The name of the computer found is listed. Click Open to open its shared folder . 4. If necessary , enter the authorized username and password. Click OK to log in and have full access to this shared folder . 4. Right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Incoming folder > Open incoming folder . The AIDirectLinkIncoming folder opens. Put the îÂÂles you want to share into this folder . The authorized user has full access to this folder .
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.10 AI Audio 2 (SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility) The ADI AD1988B High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the support DVD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î / SoundMAX î BlackHawk icon on the taskbar . Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-27 A. SoundMAX BlackHawk (AI Audio 2) If you are using Windows î Vista operation system, from the taskbar , double-click the SoundMAX î BlackHawk icon to display the SoundMAX î control panel. Enabling AI Audio 2 Click the power button to activate digital signal processing. AI Audio 2, with the new SoundMAX BlackHawk by Sonic Focus, brings you more multi-media enjoyment. Fidelity Compensation After you click the power button , the utility would compensate for the îÂÂdelity lost in the compression process and make the audio output quasi-original when reverting the compressed audio streams back to the uncompressed condition. Sound Field Expansion AI Audio 2 also expands the stereophonic sound îÂÂeld to a multi-channel one with realistic front and rear environment. Surround Virtualization Activating this function virtualizes surround sound with the vocal clarity added for use with stereo speakers or headphones. SoundMAX BlackHawk (AI Audio 2) is only available under the Windows î Vista⢠operating system.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Playback Settings T o conîÂÂgure the playback settings, click the Playback button on the control panel. Y ou can adjust the volume of the Speakers and SPDIF Interface or mute the audio. Preset settings Click and expand the drop-down menu to select your preferred Digital Signal Processing (DSP) preset. Move the sliders to customize the values of V oice Clarity , Dynamics , Brilliance , and Deep Bass of each preset. Click Save to save the changes to the current preset. Or , click Reset to discard the changes and restore the preset to the factory defaults. Surround settings Allows you to change the settings of the stereo speakers. Move the sliders to change the listener position or adjust the center channel volume. Press the T est Speakers button to perform speaker test. Port settings Click this port settings tab to display the rear panel ports conîÂÂguration for the speakers or rear panel d igital port conîÂÂguration for th e SPDIF interface.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-29 More Settings Click for the further conîÂÂgurations. Equalizer Allows you to conîÂÂgure and customize all the DSP presets frequencies. Recording Settings T o change the recording settings, click the Recording button on the control panel. Y ou can adjust the speaker delay of Microphone or Line In by moving the slider rightward or leftward. Port settings Click the tab to display the rear panel ports for Microphone or Line In. ANDREA settings Allows you to select an enhanced microphone input features, including No Filtering , Spea kerp hone , V oice Recordi ng , and Directional Beam . Record testing Click the tab to perform test recording and play the test sample through the speak ers or the SPDIF interface.
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Speakers Allows you to adjust the Speaker T rim and Speaker Delay . Bass Allows you to do the Bass management. Preferences Displays the preference options for this utility , version information, AudioESP , etc.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-31 B. SoundMAX If you are using Windows î XP operating system,from the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-33 Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Listening Environment options Click the Listening Environment tab to set up your speaker , acoustic environment, and enable/disable the Virtual Theater Surround function.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Click the Microphone tab to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features V oice recording Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . Directional Array Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. Y ou can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. ⢠The Directional Array and Speaker Phonefunction only when working with the ASUS Array Mic. ⢠The ASUS Array Mic is purchased separately . ⢠If you are using Windows Vista, you have to manually enable the directional Array and Speaker Phone function. Go to Control panel > Sound . Click the Recording tab on the top and select Microphone . Click the Microphone Enhancement tab and check Array Mic .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-35 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with one RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠T he NVID IA î nForce ⢠780i SLI Southbri dge include s a high perform ance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10* conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver an y advantage over using separ ate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, îÂÂrst copy the RAID driver from the Support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. Enab le the RAID Enab led item in the BIOS . See sect ion â 4.5 .3 Onboar d Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration â for details. 3. Select and enable the SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section â 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration â for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠680i SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support DVD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.5 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-37 ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID User Guideâ found in your motherboard Support DVD. ⢠When using Windows î XP operating system, make sure to install the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions. Make sure to re-enter your NVRAID settings after the CMOS is cleared; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup. Entering the NVIDIA î RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del
5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning TIP: For server systems, we recommend us ing a low er a rray block size. For mu lt im edi a c om pu te r sy st em s us ed ma in ly for au di o an d v id eo edi ti ng , w e recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Pre ss <T AB> selec t the Strip ing Blo ck th en p re ss <E nt e r> . Th e fo l lo wi ng submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-39 Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears. Y ou will need to enter Window î XP and run the NVIDIA utility in order to complete the rebuilt process.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-41 Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Pr e ss < D > t o d el e te a R A ID a r ra y . T he f o ll ow i ng co n fi r ma ti o n m es s ag e appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 3. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-43 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. For Windows î Vista⢠operating system, use either a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB device with the RAID driver . 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS T o create a RAID/SA T A driver disk without entering the OS: 1. Boot your computer . 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility . 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Insert the support CD into the optical drive. 5. Save changes and exit BIOS. 6. Press any key when the system prompts âÂÂPress any key to boot from the optical drive.â 7. When the menu appears, press <1> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted îÂÂoppy disk into the îÂÂoppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows î : 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Make Disk menu, then click NVIDIA 32/64 bit XP/Vista SA T A RAID Driver to create a NVIDIA î 32/64 bit XP/Vista⢠SA T A RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a îÂÂoppy disk/USB device into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/USB port. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver in Windows î XP: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
5-44 Chapter 5: Software support T o install the RAID driver in Windows î Vistaâ¢: 1. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB device with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/ USB port. 2. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Graphics card setup .................................................................... 6-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install up to three identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠In Dual SLI mode, you should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠In 3-way SLI mode, you should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver suppor ts the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See page 2-30 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA 3-way SLI technology supports Windows î Vista operating system only . ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing three SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare three graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the 3-way SLI bridge connector . GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-3 2. Insert the îÂÂrst graphics card into the PCIEX16_1 slot (blue), the second into the PCIEX16_2 slot (black), and the third into the PCIEX16_3 slot (blue). Make sure that the cards are properly seated on the slots. 3. Align and îÂÂrmly insert the 3-way SLI bridge connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 3-way SLI bridge connector
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 4. Connect auxiliary power source from the power supply to the three graphics cards separately . 5. Connect a VGA or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend that you install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-5 6.2.2 Installing two SLI-ready graphics cards 1. Insert one graphics card into the PCIEX16_1 slot (blue) and the other into the PCIEX16_3 slot (blue). Make sure that the cards are properly seated on the slots. 2. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 3. Connect auxiliary power source from the power supply to he two graphics cards separately . 4. Connect a VGA or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend that you install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support ⢠Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports t he NVIDIA î SLI⢠te chnology . Downloa d the l atest driver from the NVID IA website (ww w . nvidia.com). ⢠If you are using s 3-way SLI system, make sure to install the 3-way SLI driver under Windows î Vista OS. The NVIDIA 3-way SLI technology supports Windows î Vista OS only . 6.2.3 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.4 Enabling the NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the SLI feature in NVIDIA î Control Panel under the Windows î Vista operating system. Launching the NVIDIA Control Panel Y ou can launch the NVIDIA Control Panel by two methods. (a) Right click on the empty space of Windows î desktop and select NVIDIA Control Panel. (b) If you cannot see the NVIDIA Control Panel item in step (a), select Personalize .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-7 From the Personalization window , select Display Settings . From the Display Settings dialog box, click Advanced Settings. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab, then click Start the NVIDIA Control Panel .
6-8 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. The NVIDIA Control Panel window appears. Enabling SLI conîÂÂguration When installing two graphics gards: From the NVIDIA Control Panel window , select Set SLI ConîÂÂguration , then click Enable SLI and set the display for viewing SLI rendered content. When done, click Apply . When installing three graphics gards: 1. From the NVIDIA Control Panel window , select Set SLI ConîÂÂguration , then click Enable 3-way NVIDIA SLI . When done, click Apply . 2. Select the 3D Settings tab and enable the Show SLI Visual Indicators item. When this item is enabled, a green bar appears on the left side of the screen while 3D demonstrations are rendered, indicating the 3-way SLI status.
A CPU features The Appendix describ es the CPU features a nd t e c hn o l o gi e s t ha t t h e mo t h e rb o a r d supports.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary A A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe A-1 A.1 Intel î EM64T ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EM64T . Y ou can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www .asus.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi sit www .mi cro sof t.c om fo r mo re inf orm atio n o n W ind ows î 64-bit OS. Using the Intel î EM64T feature T o use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T . 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î Vista 64-bit Edition or Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any . Refe r to t he expa nsion card or add-o n devi ce(s ) docu mentati on, or visit the rela ted we bsite, to ver ify if the ca rd/dev ice suppor ts a 64 -bit s ystem. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EIST . Y ou can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www .asus.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EIST feature. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST , check your system if it meets the following requirements: ⢠In tel î processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Oper ati ng sy stem w ith EI ST supp ort (W ind ows î Vist a, Win dow s î XP SP2/ Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions).
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.2.2 Using the EIST T o use the EIST feature: 1. T urn on the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. Go to the Advanced Menu, highlight CPU ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep (TM) T ech. item to [Automatic], then press <Enter>. 4. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 5. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties from the pop-up menu. 6. When the Display Properties window appears, click the Screen Saver tab. 7. Click the Power button on the Monitor power section to open the Power Options Properties window . 8. On the Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/OfîÂÂce Desktop or Always On. 9. Click Apply , then click OK. 10. Close the Display Properties window . After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low . The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating system.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe A-3 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠The motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processors with Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hy per -Thr ead ing Te chn ol ogy is sup por ted und er Win dow s î Vista/XP and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyper- Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www .intel.com/info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to [Enabled]. The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 3. Restart the computer .
A-4 Appendix: CPU features
ii E3506 Second Edition V2 December 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5N-T Deluxe speciîÂÂcations summary ..................................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features .................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features .............................................. 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .......................... 2-1 1 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-13 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19 2.5.4 PCI slot ......................................................................... 2-20 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slots ..................................................... 2-20 2.5.6 PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots ............................................. 2-20
iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-23 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-25 2.7.3 Installing the optional fans ............................................ 2-36 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ........................................................ 4-10 4.2.2 Menu bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.3 Legend bar ..................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items .................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.5 Sub- menu items .............................................................4-1 1 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ........................................................ 4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-12 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-12 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.3 Language ...................................................................... 4-13 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ......................................................... 4-13 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-14 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3/ 4 / 5/ 6 . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 6 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-17 4.3.8 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-17
v Contents 4.3.9 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-17 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 AI T uning ....................................................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Overclocking ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.3 Over V oltage ................................................................. 4-23 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex ............................................................ 4-24 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory ....................................................... 4-24 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC ......................................... 4-24 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5.1 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-25 4.5.2 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-26 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-27 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-30 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-30 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-31 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-35 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-35 4.7.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-35 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-36 4.7.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-36 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-37 4.7.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-38 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-40 4.8.1 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-40 4.8.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-42 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-43 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make disk menu .............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manual menu .................................................................. 5-6
vi Contents 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI NET2 ......................................................................... 5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-12 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ............................................................... 5-18 5.3.5 ASUS EPU Utility -- AI Gear 3 ...................................... 5-20 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-21 5.3.7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 .............................................................. 5-22 5.3.8 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-23 5.3.9 ASUS AI Direct Link ...................................................... 5-24 5.3.10 AI Audio 2 (SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility) ... 5-26 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-35 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-35 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations ........................................ 5-36 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-43 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .... 5-43 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î ............ 5-43 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ................................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Graphics card setup .................................................................... 6-2 6.2.1 Installing three SLI-ready graphics cards ........................ 6-2 6.2.2 Installing two SLI-ready graphics cards .......................... 6-5 6.2.3 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-6 6.2.4 Enabling the NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology in Windows î .... 6-6 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.2.1 System requirements ...................................................... A-1 A.2.2 Using the EIST ................................................................ A-2 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package and the software. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA SLI⢠support This chapter describes the NVIDIA SLI⢠feature and shows the graphics card installation procedures. ⢠Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 Processors Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A/06 processors Intel î 45nm Multi-Core CPU Note : Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the Intel î CPU support list. Chipset NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI Front Side Bus 1333 / 1066 / 800 / 667 MHz Memory 4 x DIMM, max. 8GB, DDR2 1066/800 MHz, non-ECC, un-buffered memory Dual channel memory architecture Note: Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List (QVL). Expansion slots 3 x PCIe x16 (blue @PCIe 2.0 x16 mode, black @ PCIe x16 mode) with SLI⢠suppport 2 x PCIe x1 1 x PCI Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports three identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready graphics cards (all at x16 mode) Storage Southbridge supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 - 6 x Serial A T A 3 Gb/s - NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID supports RAID 0, 1, 10(0 1), 5 and JBOD conîÂÂguration across Serial A T A drives Marvell SA T A controller supports: - 1 x External SA T A 3 Gb/s port LAN Marvell î 88E1 1 16 PCIe Gigabit LAN PHY , featuring AI NET2 High DeîÂÂnition Audio ADI î 1988B 8-channel High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC Supports Jack-Sensing, Enumeration, and Multi-streaming Coaxial / Optical S/PDIF out ports at back panel IEEE 1394 VIA6308P controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (one at mid-board; one at back panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0 ports (6 at mid-board, 4 at back panel) (continued on the next page)
xii P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary ASUS AI Lifestyle Unique features ASUS Power Saving Solution: - ASUS EPU (Energy Processing Unit) - ASUS 3rd Generation 8-phase Power Design - ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Lifestyle Features: - ASUS AI Direct Link ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution: - ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe solution - ASUS Fanless Design: StackCool 2 - ASUS Q-Fan 2 - ASUS Optional Fan for Water-cooling or Passive- Cooling only ASUS Crystal Sound: - ASUS Audio 2 - ASUS Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY : - ASUS Q-Shield - ASUS Q-Connector - ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Stylish Features ASUS MyLogo3⢠Multi-language BIOS ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - ASUS AI Booster utility Precision T weaker 2: - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.00625V increment - vDIMM: 64-step DRAM voltage control - vChipset (N.B.): 64-step Chipset voltage control - vFSB T ermination: 3-step reference voltage control - vCPU PLL: 64-step CPU PLL voltage control SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) - FSB tuning from 133MHz up to 800MHz at 1MHz increment - Memory tuning from 400MHz up to 2600MHz - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to 200MHz at 1MHz increment Overclocking Protection: - ASUS C.P .R.(CPU Parameter Recall) (continued on the next page)
xiii P5N-T Deluxe speciî¿cations summary *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. Rear panel 2 x PS/2 Keyboard port (purple) 1 x Optical S/PDIF Output port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Output port 1 x External SA T A 1 x LAN (RJ45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port 8-channel Audio I/O Internal connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 6 x Serial A T A connectors 3 x USB connectors support additional 6 USB ports 1 x COM connector 1 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x CPU / 1 x Power / 2 x Chassis Fan connectors Front panel audio connector 1 x S/PDIF Out Header Chassis Intrusion connector CD audio in 24-pin A TX Power connector 8-pin A TX 12V Power connector System Panel (Q-Connector) BIOS features 8 Mb Award BIOS, PnP , DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, Multi-Language BIOS Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chasis Intrusion, PXE Support DVD contents Drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update ASUS AI Suite Image-Editing Suite Multi-language MB installation guide Anti-virus software (OEM version) Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm)
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5N-T Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5N-T Deluxe motherboard I/O modules 1 x 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 1 x Serial A T A power cable for 2 devices 6 x Serial A T A signal cables 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Q-S hield (I /O sh ield) 1 x ASUS Optional Fans for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only 1 x 3-in-1 ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, IEEE 1394, system panel; Retail version only) 1 x ASUS 3-way SLI bridge connector 1 x ASUS SLI bridge Application DVD ASUS motherboard support DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Coreâ¢2 Extreme CPU support This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Quad-core/Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package and IntelâÂÂs 45nm multi-core processors. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1333/1066/800/667 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI chipset The NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI chipset supports the NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology that allows three graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. ItâÂÂs designed for enthusiast, extreme overclocking capability , ultimate gaming performance with SLI technology support. ItâÂÂs deîÂÂnitely one of the fastest platform in the world. The NVIDIA î nForce 780i SLI chipset also supports six (6) Serial A T A 3 Gb/s devices, three PCI Express⢠x16 slots with NVIDIA î SLI ⢠support at full x16, x16, x16 mode, and up to 10 USB 2.0 ports. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) NVIDIA SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows two GPUs to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth- shattering, scalable performance. NVIDIA î 3-W ay SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) NVIDIA 3-W ay SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express 2.0 bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows three graphics cards to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth-shattering, scalable performance. For some applications nearly triple performance! PCIe 2.0 This motherboard supports the latest PCIe 2.0 device for twice the current speed and bandwidth. This enhances system performance while still providing backward compatibility to PCIe 1.0 devices. See page 2-20 for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-3 DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates of 1066/800/667 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See page 2-13 for details. Serial A T A 3 Gb/s technology and SA T A-On-The-Go This motherboard supports the hard drives based on the Serial A T A (SA T A) 3 Gb/s storage speciîÂÂcation, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SA T A port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. See page 2-24 for details. The NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10(0 1), RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations for six SA T A 3 Gb/s connectors. See page 2-26 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-23 and 2-28 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY/PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks. It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details. Gigabit LAN solution The NVIDIA î native Gigabit LAN controller delivers transfer speeds up to ten times faster than conventional 10/100/1000 Ethernet connections. Gigabit LAN is the networking standard for the early future and is ideal for handling large amounts of data such as video, audio, and voice. See page 2-23 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features ASUS Power Saving Solution ASUS Power Saving solution intelligently and automatically provides balanced computing power and energy consumption. ASUS EPU The ASUS EPU utilizes innovative technology to digitally monitor and tune the CPU power supply with improved VR responses in heavy or light loadings. It automatically provides power for higher performance or improve efîÂÂciency by 7% when the PC is running low intensity applications. Working together with AI Gear 3, this can help you attain the best possible power efîÂÂciency and energy savings up to 58.6% to help save the environment. See page 5-20 for details. AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when you are temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-21 for details. High DeîÂÂnition Audio Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High DeîÂÂnition Audio, previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality 192KHz/24-bit audio output that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different destinations. Y ou can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing multi-channel network games. See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details. Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-5 ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the overclocking capability . ASUS 3rd Generation 8 Phase Power Design Longer Life, & Higher EfîÂÂciency! With power efîÂÂciency so important to operating temperatures, ASUS' 3rd generation 8-phase VRM design leads the industry with its 95% power efîÂÂciency . High quality power components such as low RDS (on) MOSFET s for minimum switching loss & lower temperatures, Ferrite core chokes with lower hysteresis loss, and high quality Japanese-made conductive polymer capacitors all add up to ensure longer component life and lower power loss - creating more energy efîÂÂciency . Fanless Design - Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat these critical components generate. Fanless Design - Pure Copper Heat-pipe The Heat Pipe design effectively directs the heat generated by the chipsets to the heatsink near the back IO ports, where it can be carried away by existing airîÂÂow from CPU fan or bundled optional fan. The purpose of the innovative heat pipe design on this motherboard is that the groundbreaking fanless design does not have lifetime problems as a chipset fan does. Furthermore, it provides options for users to install side-îÂÂow fan or passive cooler . The Heat Pipe design is the most reliable fanless thermal solution to date. DO NOT uninstall the heat-pipe by yourself. Doing so may bend the tubing and affect the heat dissipation performance. Optional Fan (for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only) The optional fan is speciîÂÂcally designed to provide sufîÂÂcient airîÂÂow over the CPU power modules and chipset area when water-cooling or passive-cooling is utilized, ensuring effective heat dissipation for the entire system. See page 2-36 for details.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction Q-Fan 2 AS US Q-F an2 t ec hno log y in tel lig ent ly a dju sts b ot h C PU fan a nd ch ass is fa n sp eed s a cco rd in g t o s ys te m l oad ing t o ens ure q ui et, co ol an d efî cie nt op era tio n. See page 5-22 for details. ASUS Crystal Sound This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype, online game, video conference and recording. AI Audio 2 AI Audio 2 creates a virtual center channel that expands the overall sound îÂÂeld without introducing a picket fencing effect. Preserving the dialogue or solo performances with downmixing from multichannels will allow you to experience true-to-life high quality audio. See pages 5-26 to 5-34 for details. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. ASUS EZ DIY ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer components, update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings. ASUS Q-Shield The specially designed ASUS Q-Shield provides conductivity to best protect your motherboard against static electricity damage and shields it against Electronic Magnetic Interference (EMI). Without the usual "îÂÂngers" present, this new design is convenient and safe to install. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. This unique module eliminates the trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding wrong cable connections. See page 2-35 for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 1-7 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-40 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See pages 4-5 and 4-42 for details. ASUS MyLogo3⢠This feature allows you to convert your favorite photo into a 256-color boot logo for a more colorful and vivid image on your screen. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you conîÂÂgure your system easier and faster . See page 4-13 for details. 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. See page 5-23 for details. Precision T weaker 2 Allows the user to adjust the NB V oltage, FSB termination V oltage, CPU PLL V oltage and the DRAM V oltage in 0.02v steps to îÂÂnetune voltages to achieve the most precise setting for the ultimate customized overclocking conîÂÂguration. See pages 4-18 to 4-24 for details.
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter .
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the A TX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components.
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N-T DELUXE î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout P ANEL P5N-T DELUXE î AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_FAN DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) FLOPPY Super I/O CD PCIEX16_1 PCI1 CLRTC SB_PWR EA TXPWR CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN1 COM1 EA TX12V LGA775 IE1394_2 PCIEX1_1 LAN1_USB12 KBMS USB34 AUDIO F_ESA TA SPDIF_O12 BIOS CHA_FAN2 USB910 SA TA12 DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) AD1988B PWR_FAN Marvell î 88SE61 11 EPU PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_3 USB78 USB56 SA TA34 SA TA56 PRI_IDE Marvell î 88SE11 16 VIA VT6308P NVIDIA î nForce î 570 SLI⢠NVIDIA î nForce î 780i SLI⢠NVIDIA î nForce î 200 Refer to 2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-13 2. PCI slot 2-20 3. PCI Express x 1 slots 2-20 4. PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots 2-20 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-22 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 3. IEEE 1394a port 2-23 4. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-23 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-23 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-23 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-23 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-23 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-24 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-24 12. External SA T A port 2-24 13. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-24 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-24 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-24
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-25 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE)) 2-25 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) 2-26 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-27 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-28 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-28 7. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN) 2-29 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-30 9. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin EA TX12V) 2-30 10. Front panel audio co nne cto r (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 1 1. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-33 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) 2-34 13. ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) 2-35
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Core ⢠2 Quad / Core ⢠2 Extreme / Core ⢠2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4 processors. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . ⢠Due to the chipset limitation, we recommend you use FSB 800MHz CPU or above.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-7 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE CPU Socket 775
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket then îÂÂt the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced Memory 64 T echnology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading T echnology . Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-9 Fastener Motherboard 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor , the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector . Narrow end of the groove
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . A B P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-1 1 T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.)
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-13 Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE 240-pin DDR3 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 Single-Channel Populated - - - - Populated - - Dual-channel (1) Populated Populated - - Dual-channel (2) Populated Populated Populated Populated
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠If you install four 1 GB memory modules, the system may detect less than 3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical functions. Thi s limitation applies to Windows Vista 32-bit/Wi ndows XP 32-bit version operating system since it does not support P AE (Physical Address Extention) mode. ⢠If you install Windows Vista 32-bit/Windows XP 32-bit version operating system, we recommend that you install less than 3GB of total memory . Notes on memory limitations ⢠Due to chipset limitation, this motherboard can only support up to 8 GB on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 64-bit Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Vista x64 Edition ⢠Y ou may install varying memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. The system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel conîÂÂguration. Any excess memory from the higher-sized channel is then mapped for single-channel operation. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1 1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N-T Deluxe Motherboard QualiîÂÂed V endors Lists (QVL) DDR2-800MHz capability Size V endor Chip No. CL Chip Brand SS/ DS Part No. DIMM support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC 5 SEC SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package 4-4-4-12 N/A DS KHX6400D2LL/1G ⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package 4-4-4-12 N/A SS KHX6400D2LLK2/1GN ⢠⢠⢠1024MB KINGSTON V59C1512804QBF25 N/A N/A DS KVR800D2N5/1G ⢠1024MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A SS KHX6400D2ULK2/1G ⢠⢠⢠2048MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS KHX6400D2ULK2/2G ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F 5-5-5 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-25F-B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821CFP-S5 5-5-5 Hynix DS HYMP512U64CP8-S5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB MICRON D9GKX N/A N/A DS MT16HTF12864A Y -80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS CM2X1024-6400C4 ⢠⢠512MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A SS BL6464AA804.8FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD ⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AL804.16FD3 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package 4 N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD3 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Apacer Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A DS AHU01GE800C5K1C ⢠512MB A-DAT A AD29608A8A-25EG N/A N/A SS M2OAD6G3H3160G1E53 ⢠1024MB A-DA T A AD26908A8A-25EG N/A N/A DS M2OAD6G3I4170I1E58 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX KKA8FEIBF-HJK-25A N/A KINGMAX SS KLDC28F-A8KI5 ⢠⢠1024MB KINGMAX KKA8FEIBF-HJK-25A N/A KINGMAX DS KLDD48F-ABKI5 ⢠⢠1024MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS T800UB1GC4 ⢠1024MB NANY A NT5TU64M8BE-25C 5 NANY A DS NT1GT64U8HB0BY -25C ⢠⢠⢠1024MB NANY A NT5TU64M8CE-25D N/A NANYA DS NT1GT64U8HCOBY -25D ⢠⢠512MB PSC A3R12E3H EF641B9A05 5 PSC SS AL6E8E63B8E1K ⢠⢠⢠1024MB PSC A3R12E3HE F641B9A0 5 5 PSC DS AL7E8E63B-8E1K ⢠⢠⢠256MB T winMOS E2508AB-GE-E 5 ELPIDA SS 8G-24IK2-EBT ⢠1024MB Elixir N2TU51280BE-25C N/A Elixir DS M2Y1G64TU8HB0B-25C ⢠⢠Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667 MHz QVL. SS - Single-sided / DS - Double-sided DIMM support: ⢠A*: Supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory conîÂÂguration. ⢠B*: Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration. ⢠C*: Supports four modules inserted into both the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory conîÂÂguration.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-17 P5N-T Deluxe Motherboard QualiîÂÂed V endors Lists (QVL) DDR2-667MHz capability Size V endor Chip No. CL Chip Brand SS/ DS Part No. DIMM support A* B* C* 512MB KINGSTON D6408TEBGGL3U 5 KINGSTON SS KVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3S 5 N/A SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON 6SBI2D9DCG 5 MICRON SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠2048MB KINGSTON E1 108AB-6E-E N/A ELPIDA DS KVR667D2N5/2G ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S 5 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S 5 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-B ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG K4T51 163QE-ZCE6 5 SAMSUNG DS M378T3354EZ3-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QE 5 SAMSUNG SS M378T6553EZS-CE6 ⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QE 5 SAMSUNG DS M378T2953EZ3-CE6 ⢠⢠256MB Hynix HY5PS121621CFP-Y5 5 Hynix SS HYMP532U64CP6-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821CFP-Y5 5 Hynix DS HYMP512U64CP8-Y5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB CORSAIR 64M8CFEG N/A N/A SS VS512MB667D2 ⢠⢠1024MB CORSAIR 64M8CFEG N/A N/A DS VS1GB667D2 ⢠⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E 5 ELPIDA SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E ⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E 5 ELPIDA SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠⢠512MB A-DA TA AD29608A8A-3EG 5 A-DA TA SS M2OAD5G3H3166I1C52 ⢠⢠1024MB A-DA T A AD29608A8A-3EG 5 A-DAT A DS M2OAD5G3I4176I1C52 ⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A SS BL6464AA663.8FD ⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AA663.16FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AL664.16FD ⢠⢠⢠1024MB crucial Heat-Sink Package 3 N/A DS BL12864AA663.16FD2 ⢠512MB Apacer AM4B 5708G QJS7E062 8F 5 AP ACER SS AU512E667C5KBGC ⢠1024MB Apacer AM4B5708GQJS7E 5 AP ACER DS AU01GE667C5KBGC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Kingmax N2TU51216AG-3C 5 NANY A SS KLCB68F-36KH5 ⢠512MB Kingmax KKEA88B4LAUG-29DX 5 KINGMAX SS KLCC28F-A8KB5 ⢠⢠1024MB Kingmax KKEA88B4LAUG-29DX 5 KINGMAX DS KLCD48F-A8KB5 ⢠512MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A SS T6UA512C5 ⢠1024MB Super T alent Heat-Sink Package 5 N/A DS T6UB1GC5 ⢠⢠2048MB NANY A NT5TU128M8BJ-3C 5 NANY A DS NT2GT64U8HB0JY-3C ⢠⢠⢠512MB NANY A NT5TU64M8BE-3C 5 NANYA SS NT512T64U88B0BY -3C ⢠⢠⢠512MB PSC A3R12E3GEF637BLC5N 5 PSC SS AL6E8E63B-6E1K ⢠⢠⢠1024MB PSC A3R12E3GEF637BLC5N 5 PSC DS AL7E8E63B-6E1K ⢠⢠⢠512MB T winMOS TMM6208G8M30C 5 T winMOS SS 8D-23JK5M2ETP ⢠⢠â¢
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-19 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCIEx16_1 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx16_2 â â â â â shared â â PCIEx16_3 â â â â shared â â â PCI Slot â â â â â shared â â PCIEx1_1 shared â â â â â â â PCIEx1_2 â shared â â â â â â USB 1.1 â shared â â â â â â USB 2.0 â â shared â â â â â LAN â shared â â â â â â P A T A shared â â â â â â â SA T A_1 â shared â â â â â â SA T A_2 â â shared â â â â â SA T A_3 â â â used â â â â SA T A_RAID â shared â â â â â â 1394 â shared â â â â â â Audio â â shared â â â â â IRQ Standard function 0 System timer 1 Standard 101/102-key or Microsoft Natural Keyboard 4 Communications Port (COM1)* 6 Standard îÂÂoppy disk controller 8 System CMOS/real-time clock 9 Microsoft ACPI-compliant system 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #3 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #4 10 NVIDIA nForce PCI system management 1 1 Mass storage controller 12 PS/2 compatible mouse port 13 Numeric data processor 14 Primary IDE channel 16 NVIDIA GeForce 6600 GT 19 VIA OHCI compliant IEEE 1394 host controller 20 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 20 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 21 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 22 Standard OpenHCD USB host controller 22 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 23 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB host controller 23 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slot The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slots This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. 2.5.6 PCI Express 2.0 x16 slots This motherboard has three PCI Express x16 slots that support PCI Express x16 graphic cards complying with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. With three graphics cards installed, the motherb oard can enable tri-display . T wo (blue slots) of the three PCI Express x16 slots support PCIe 2.0 devices. This motherboard supports 3 SLI-ready Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. PCIe 2.0 x16_1 slot (blue, @x16) PCI Express x1_2 slot PCI Express x1_1 slot PCIe x16_2 slot (black, @x16) PCI slot PCIe 2.0 x16_3 slot (blue, @x16)
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-21 ⢠We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slots, and install any other PCI Express device on the PCI Express slot (black). ⢠Currently , only NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready GeForce î 8800 Ultra and GeForce î 8800 GTX graphics cards support 3-W ay SLI⢠mode. ⢠Connect a rear chassis fan to the chassis (CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2) connector when using two (or three) graphics cards for better thermal environment. See page 2-29 for details. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See page 2-30 for details. ⢠In single card mode, we suggest that you use any of the PCIe 2.0 slots (blue) for a PCI Express x16 graphics card to get better performance. ⢠In SLI⢠mode, we recommend that you use the PCIe 2.0 slots (blue slots) for PCI Express x16 graphics cards to get better performance. ⢠We recommend that you provide sufîÂÂcient power when running NVIDIA î SLI⢠mode. See page 2-30 for details.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. 2.6 Jumper 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters b y e r a s i n g t h e C M O S R T C R A M d a t a . T h e o n b o a r d b u t t o n c e l l b a t t e r y powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. 1 2 2 3 P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal (Default) Clear RTC
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-23 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 3. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 4. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration.. 7. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 8. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 2 4 3 5 12 9 10 7 8 6 14 1 1 13 1 15
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. External SA T A port . This port connects to an external a Serial A T A hard disk drive. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot- swap function. 13. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. DO NOT insert a dif ferent connector to the external SA T A port. When using hot-plug and NCQ, set the J-Micron eSA T A/P A T A Controller Mode in the BIOS to [AHCI].
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-25 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_EIDE PIN 1
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration with the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item under the Serial A T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. These connectors support Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, Hot Swap and smart setup. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE SA T A connectors SA T A6 SA T A5 GND RSA TA_TXP6 RSA TA_TXN6 GND RSA TA_RXP6 RSA TA_RXN6 GND GND RSA TA_TXP5 RSA TA_TXN5 GND RSA TA_RXP5 RSA TA_RXN5 GND SA T A3 SA T A4 GND RSA TA_TXP3 RSA TA_TXN3 GND RSA TA_RXP3 RSA TA_RXN3 GND GND RSA TA_TXP4 RSA TA_TXN4 GND RSA TA_RXP4 RSA TA_RXN4 GND SA T A2 SA T A1 GND RSA TA_TXP2 RSA TA_TXN2 GND RSA TA_RXP2 RSA TA_RXN2 GND GND RSA TA_TXP1 RSA TA_TXN1 GND RSA TA_RXP1 RSA TA_RXN1 GND
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-27 Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device, or connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. Right-angle side 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard. 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE IEEE 1394a connector IE1394_2 PIN 1 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1 P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-29 7. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 1A~2.2A (26.4 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠Only the CPU_F AN, CHA_F AN1 and CHA_F AN2 connectors support the ASUS Q-F AN 2 feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better themal environment. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and â Groundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the A TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the EA TX12V connector . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts 5 Volts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground EA TX12V GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-31 ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 550 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If you are uncertain about the minimum power supply requirement for your system, refer to the Recommended Power Supply W attage Calculator at http://support.asus.com/PowerSupplyCalculator/PSCalculator . aspx?SLanguage=en-us for details. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two or more high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 1000 W power or above to ensure the system stability . PSU suggested list PSU suggested list SilverStone ST1000 Seasonic SS-600HT Thermaltake W0083RE Thermaltake PUREPower-600AP Silverstone SST -ST75ZF EnerMAX EG701AX-VE (E)(24P) ⢠If you want to use 3-W ay SLI⢠conîÂÂguration, visit the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com) for the qualiîÂÂed PSU vendor list. Power supply requirements Heavy Loading CPU SMF 3.2XE Memory 1 GB*4 VGA 8800 Ultra*3 SA T A-HDD 6 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 1 USB 4 (continued on the next page) 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.14 12.21 5.22 3.456 12.2 12.2 12.2 Current (A) 1 1.32 13.71 6.41 6.98 6.51 6.59 6.6 Power (W) 137.425 167.399 33.460 24.123 79.422 80.398 80.52 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 6 1 1 1 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 708.577 Power (W) 62.7 10.45 10 12.68 10
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Normal Loading CPU KSF 3.0XE Memory 1 GB*4 VGA 8800 Ultra*2 SA T A-HDD 4 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 0 USB 4 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.14 12.21 5.225 3.455 12.2 12.2 Current (A) 6.74 8.92 6.22 6.87 6.52 6.82 Power (W) 81.824 108.913 32.500 23.736 79.544 83.204 0 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 4 1 1 0 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 481.970 Power (W) 41.8 10.45 10 0 10 Light Loading CPU Conroe 3.0 EM64T Memory 1 GB*2 VGA 8800 Ultra*1 SA T A-HDD 2 eSA T A-HDD 1 IDE-CDROM 1 IDE-HDD 0 USB 4 12V_8Pin 12V_24pin 5V_24pin 3V_24pin 12V_VGA1 12V_VGA2 12V_VGA3 V oltage (V) 12.19 12.21 5.22 3.456 12.16 Current (A) 3.19 5.55 5.04 5.36 6.5 Power (W) 38.886 67.766 26.309 18.524 79.04 0 0 SA T A-HDD eSA T A-HDD IDE-CDROM IDE-HDD USB T otal PSU V oltage (V) 2 1 1 0 4 Po_max(w) Current (A) 10.45 10.45 10 12.68 2.5 281.875 Power (W) 20.9 10.45 10 0 10
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-33 1 1. Optical drive audio co nne cto r (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. (black) 10. Front panel audio con nec tor (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We reco mmend that yo u conn ect a h igh-de îÂÂnitio n fr ont pa nel aud io mod ule to t his co nnector to av ail of the mo therbo ardâ s high -deîÂÂnit ion au dio cap abilit y . ⢠If you want to connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , set the Front Panel T ype item in the BIOS setup to [HD Audio]; if you want to connect an AC'97 front panel audio module to this connector , set the item to [AC'97]. By default, this connector is set to [HD Audio] . P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Analog front panel connector AAFP Legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio pin definition SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# GND NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND HD Audio-compliant pin definition P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE Internal audio connector CD Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5N-T DELUXE î P5N-T DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 2-35 13. ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard. Due to space limitation, when using the PCIEX16_3 slot for a graphics card with a bulky case, do not install the Q-Connector .
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.3 Installing the optional fans Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the fan to the grooved edge of the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cable. 4. The photo shows the fan installed on the motherboard. ⢠Plug the optional fan cable to the CHA_F AN1, CHA_F AN2 or PWR_F AN connector on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. ⢠We strongly recommend that you install the optional fan when using a passive cooler or a water cooler .
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with A TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î Vista: 1. Click the Start button then select ShutDown. 2. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts th e sys tem t o sle ep mo de or t o sof t-o ff mod e, de pe ndi ng on t he BI OS se tti ng . Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section 4.6 Power Menu in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-35 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-40 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-43
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. P5NTDLX.BIN P5NTDLX
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format . A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B324 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support DVD to the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. Under the DOS mode, use <X:> (X stands for the name of the disk assignment) to switch to the folder of îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or USB îÂÂash disk you saved the BIOS îÂÂleand AwardBIOS Flash Utility . 5. At the prompt, type awdîÂÂash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program:
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: P5NTDLX.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0112.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0112.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: 0113.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.17 (C)Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For C72MCP55PXE-P5NTDLX-00 DATE:10/31/2007 Flash Type - File Name to Program: 0113.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk, DVD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk has enough disk space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Default item under the Exit Menu. See section 4.9 Exit Menu. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Oct 26 2007 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS DVDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Extreme T weaker For changing the overclocking settings Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Pop-up menu Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-13 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Oct 26 2007 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. ConîÂÂguration options: [English] [French] [Deutsch] [Chinese (T rad.)] [Chinese (Simp.)] [Japanese] 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disable] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-15 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-17 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.9 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4 Extreme Tweaker menu The Extreme menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure overclocking-related items. 4.4.1 AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclock]. Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] T ake caution when changing the settings of the Extreme menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x System Clocks x FSB & Memory Conî¿g Overclocking Over Voltage NVIDIA GPU EX [Disabled] x SLI-Ready Memory Not Detected F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-19 The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. System Clocks This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_1 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_2 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_3 overclocking frequency . Key in the desired value using the numeric keypad and press the <Enter> key . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [200.0 MHz] [200.5 MHz] [201.0 MHz] [201.5 MHz]~[499.5MHz] [500.0 MHz] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker System Clocks PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] SPP<->MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set C55 PCIE Overclock
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB & Memory ConîÂÂg This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Auto] Allows you to set the system clock mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Linked] [Unlinked] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Linked]. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help System clock mode [Auto] Set FSB and memory speed automatically. [Linked] Enter FSB speed manually. Memory Speed changes proportionally. [Unlinked] Enter FSB and memory speed manually. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Linked] FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 x MEM (DDR), MHz Linked Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 667 FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1:1] [5:4] [3:2] [Sync Mode] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Allows you to set the CPU FSB frequency . Adjust the value using < > / <-> or the numeric keypad and press <Enter> . ConîÂÂguration options: [533 MHz]~[3000 MHz] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 The Actual FSB (QDR) reîÂÂects the actual CPU frequency that will take effect on a reboot. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Unlinked]. MEM (DDR), MHz [667] Allows you to set the Memory frequency . Adjust the value using < > / <-> or the numeric keypad and press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [400 MHz]~[2600 MHz] Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 666.7 The Actual MEM (DDR) reîÂÂects the actual memory frequency that will take effect on a reboot.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-21 4.4.2 Overclocking This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Overclocking CPU Type Genuine Intel (R) CPU CPU Speed 2.80GHz Cache RAM 1024K x2 Memory Timing Setting Spread Spectrum Control Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] EnhancedC1 (C1E) [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRCD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRP [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRAS [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1 clock] [2 clock] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CAS# latency (CAS# to read data valid) Set Memory timings to [Optimal] to use the value recommended by the DIMâÂÂs manufacturer. Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] tRCD [Auto] tRP [Auto] tRAS [Auto] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ** Advanced Memory Settings ** tRRD [Auto] tRC [Auto] tWR [Auto] tWTR [Auto] tREF [Auto] tRD [Auto] tRFC [Auto] Async Latency [Auto]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] SA T A Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] LDT Spread Spectrum [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] ** Advanced Memory Settings** tRRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] tWR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tWTR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tREF [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] tRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRFC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[127] Async Latency [Auto] Select [Auto] to auto detect the smallest latency to use for the asynchronize logic on memory read. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.00nS] [1.25nS] [1.50nS] [1.75nS] [2.00nS] [2.25nS] [2.50nS] Spread Spectrum Control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Spread Spectrum Control CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] SATA Spread Spectrum [Disabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Auto]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-23 CPU Internal Thermal Control [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxV al [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] [6x] [7x] [8x] 4.4.3 Over V oltage This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system voltage-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. VCore V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.90000V] [1.89375V] [1.88750V] [1.88125V] [1.87500V]...[0.83750V] [0.83125V] CPU VTT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] [1.40V] [1.45V] [1.50V] Memory V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.850V] [1.870V] [1.890V]...[3.090V] [3.1 10V] NB BR04 CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V] 1.2V HT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.22V] [1.24V]...[1.98V] [2.00V] NB CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.22V] [1.24V]...[2.44V] [2.46V] SB CHIP V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.55V] [1.57V] [1.59V]...[1.83V] [1.85V] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Over Voltage VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VTT Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] NB BR04 CHIP Voltage [Auto] 1.2V HT Voltage [Auto] NB CHIP Voltage [Auto] SB CHIP Voltage [Auto] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set CPU VID to desired voltage, but it will cause other CPU power management feature such as C1E, EIST, and TM2) fail to control CPU VID. Select [Auto] to let CPU VID keep original value.
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex [Disabled] Enables or disables with the optimized NVIDIA Ex graphics driver . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory [Disabled] Allows you to select the SPD proîÂÂle for SLI-Ready memory modules. The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of module you installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Optimal] [High Performance] [High Frequency] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when SLI-Ready Memory is set to [Enabled]. 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC [CPUOC 0%] ConîÂÂguration options: [CPUOC 0%] [CPUOC 1%]~[CPUOC 14%] [CPUOC MAX]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-25 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.1 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-6) Open N/A LAN1(4-5) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for system devices. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. AI NET2 PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.2 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-27 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio] Onboard nVidia LAN [Enabled] Marvell SATAII Controller [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to control onchip SATA controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA1 RAID Disabled x SATA2 RAID Disabled x SATA3 RAID Disabled x SATA4 RAID Disabled x SATA5 RAID Disabled x SATA6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A1/2/3/4/5/6 RAID [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the îÂÂrst to sixth SA T A master drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy AC`97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard nVidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Marvell SA T AII Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the extended SA T AII controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-29 USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-31 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] When set to [Instant-Off], the system goes into Soft-of f mode after you press the power button for less than 4 seconds. When set to [Suspend], the system goes into Suspend mode after you press the power button for less than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI/PCIE devices and the NVIDIA î onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the support of USB keyboard or mouse resumption from S5. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date(of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time(hh:mm) 0 : 40 : 0 HPET Support [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items Date (of Month) Alarm and Alarm Time (hh:mm) become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date (of Month) Alarm [XX] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date (of Month) Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. V alue âÂÂ0â means everyday . ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Alarm Time (hh:mm) [ XX: XX: XX] T o set the time of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Alarm T ime pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the speciîÂÂed range then press <Enter>. ConîÂÂguration options: [Min=0] [Max=23]---hour [Min=0] [Max=59]---minute [Min=0] [Max=59]---second HPET Support [Enabled] The hardware high precision efîÂÂcient timer (HPET) is to increase the performance of the Vista Multimedia player and can meet V istaâÂÂs requirement. Disable this feature if your system is running under XP environment. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-33 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Hardware Monitor CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x CPU Q-Fan Proî¿le [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] x Chassis Q-Fan Proî¿le Performance Vcore Voltage [ 1.34V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.20V] 5V Voltage [ 4.83V] 12V Voltage [11.52V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 36úC CPU Fan Speed 2667 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM CHA_FAN2 Speed 0 RPM PWR_FAN Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed Warning [600 RPM] CPU Q-Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the CPU Q-Fan Control feature. CPU Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Chassis Q-fan. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. Chassis Q-Fan ProîÂÂle [Auto] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the Chassis Q-Fan. ConîÂÂguration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent]
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this item. CPU T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] M/B T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CHA_F AN 1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] PWR_F AN Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU/ Chassis/Power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed function, which gives off a warning when the CPU fan speed is too low . If you set this item to [Disabled], the system will not warn you even if no fan is installed or if the fan is not functioning properly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [600 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-35 4.7 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled] 4.7.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. SA T A X: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. SATA X: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-37 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.7.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled. T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30]
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 MB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to set the error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-39 T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.8.1 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-41 Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with the F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to load the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle. 2. Turn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle > Load from File . Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between drives before the correct âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. 5. A pop-up message will inform you when the loading process îÂÂnishes. ⢠Suggest only to update the BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. ⢠Only the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle can be loaded. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to save the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices with enough space. 2. Turn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂSave to File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between the drives. Press hot-key <S> to save the îÂÂle. 5. Key in the îÂÂle name. Then press <Enter>. 6. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process îÂÂnishes.
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B324 BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]: Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. 4.8.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B324 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5N-T DELUXE VER: 0205 DATE: 10/31/2007 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 4-43 4.9 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Default This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package and the softwares.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-35 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-43
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î XP/ Vista operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/ motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard Installs all of the drivers through the Installation Wizard. NVIDIA Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î chipset driver program. SoundMAX ADI Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988B audio driver and application. Marvell61xx SA T A RAID Controller Installs the Marvell SA T A RAID driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. Click to display the next page Click to return to the previous page
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Suite Installs the ASUS AI Suite. ASUS AI Direct Link Installs the ASUS AI Direct Link application Adobe Acrobat Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. InterVideo MediaOne Gallery Installs the media library and all-in-one software. WinDVD Copy5 T rial Installs the WinDVD Copy5 trial version. Ulead PhotoImpact 12 SE Installs the PhotoImpact image editing software. CyberLink PowerBackup Installs CyberLink PowerBackup to back up and restore your data easily . Corel SnapîÂÂre Plus SE Installs Corel SnapîÂÂre Plus SE.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-5 5.2.4 Make disk menu The Make disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIA î or Marvell î SA T A/RAID driver disk. Marvell61xx 32/64bit Driver Allows you to create a Marvell61xx 32/64bit driver disk. NVIDIA 32/64bit XP SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create a NVIDIA î Windows î XP 32/64bit RAID driver . NVIDIA 32/64bit Vista SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create a NVIDIA î Windows î Vista 32/64bit RAID driver .
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 Manual menu The Manual menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Mo st user ma nua l î les a re in P ort abl e D ocum ent Fo rma t ( PD F). Ins tal l t he Ad obe î Ac rob at î R ead er f rom th e U til it ies men u b efo re open ing a use r m an ual îÂÂle . 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-7 Browse this DVD Displays the support DVD contents in graphical format. 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support. Filelist Displays the contents of the support DVD in text format.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠The ASUS MyLogo3⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo3⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the support DVD. See section 5.2.3 Utilities menu for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo3â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo3 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo3â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration . ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , JPG, or BMP îÂÂle formats.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-1 1 3. Click the Run button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 features the Marvell î Virtual Cable T ester⢠(VCT). VCT is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the T ime Domain ReîÂÂectometry (TDR) technology . The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy . The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal îÂÂeld support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable T ester⢠T o use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable T ester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable T ester . 2. Click Virtual Cable T ester from the menu to display the screen below . ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run button on the Virtual Cable T ester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the item Post Check LAN Cable in the BIOS Setup.
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and al erts yo u of any pro blem wi th thes e comp onen ts. PC Pro be II sen ses fan ro tat io ns , CPU t emp er at ure , an d sys te m vol ta ges , amo ng o the rs . Bec au se PC Probe II is software-b ased, you can start monitori ng your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y o u c a n l a u n c h t h e P C P r o b e I I r i g h t a f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n o r a n y t i m e f r o m t h e Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. Af ter l aun ch ing t he ap pl ica ti on, t he PC Pr ob e II ic on ap pea rs in t he Wi nd ows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, th e main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-13 Sensor alert Wh en a sy st em s en so r det ec ts a pr ob le m, t he ma in w in do w ri ght h an dl e turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate. Button F u n c t i o n Button Functioin Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels Al l moni to r pan els m ove t oge the r usi ng a ma gne tic e ffec t. If you want to detach a monitor panel from t he g r o up , c l i ck t h e ho r s e sh o e m a gn e t icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-15 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This b ro ws er displays various Windows î management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The U sag e bro wse r dis pla ys rea l-t im e info rma tio n on th e CPU, h ard d isk dr iv e space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (b lue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-17 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory . ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear 3, AI N.O.S., AI Booster , AI Nap, and Q-Fan 2 utilities easily . Install the ASUS EPU AI Gear 3 Driver before the ASUS AI Suite utility . Otherwise, the ASUS AI Suite will not function properly . Installing AI Suite T o install AI Suite on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click AI Suite . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching AI Suite Y ou can launch AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch AI Suite from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1.xx.xx . The AI Suite main window appears. After launching the application, the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using AI Suite Click the AI Gear 3, AI Nap, AI Booster , or Q-Fan 2 icon to launch the utility , or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state. Press to launch AI Gear 3 Press to launch AI Nap Press to launch Q-Fan 2 Pr ess to l aun ch A I Bo ost er Press to restore to normal
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-19 Other feature buttons Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window . Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit. Displays the CPU/ system temperature, CPU/memory/PCIE voltage, and CPU/ chassis fan speed Displays the FSB/CPU frequency
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Auto Mode Calibration T urbo Mode High Performance Mode Medium Power Saving Mode Max. Power Saving Mode Settings 5.3.5 ASUS EPU Utility -- AI Gear 3 ASUS AI Gear 3 is a utility designed to conîÂÂgure and support all ASUS EPU (Energy Processing Unit) features. This easy-to-use utility provides four system performance proîÂÂles that adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage for different computing needs. After installing ASUS AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch ASUS AI Gear 3 by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI Gear 3 button on the AI Suite main window . Here are some simple ways to use AI Gear 3: ⢠Click the four gear mode buttons below , including T urbo , High Performance , Medium Power Saving , and Max. Power Saving , or shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. ⢠Click Calibration îÂÂrst, and switch to Auto mode to have AI Gear 3 automatically adjust the system performance according to the CPU loading. ⢠Under Auto mode, Click Settings to set the time for the system to enter AI Nap mode.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-21 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap button on the AI Suite main window . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down, just right click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar , select AI Nap and click Use power button . Unclick the the item to switch the function back.
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 This ASUS Q-Fan 2 Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan 2 or the Chassis Q-Fan 2 for more efîÂÂcient system operation. After enabling the Q-Fan 2 function, the fans can be set to automatically adjust depending on the temperature, to decrease fan speed, or to achieve the maximum fan speed. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan 2 button on the AI Suite main window . Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names. Select CPU Q-Fan 2 or CHASSIS Q-Fan 2 . Click the box of Enabled to activate this function. drop-down list button Enabled box ProîÂÂle list appears after clicking the Enabled box. Click the drop- down list button and select a proîÂÂle. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed with the temperature; Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation; Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best cooling effect. click to display the drop-down list and select a Q-Fan 2 mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-23 5.3.8 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the AI Booster button on the AI Suite main window . The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.9 ASUS AI Direct Link ASUS AI Direct Link allows you to form a computer-to-computer network via a network cable to share îÂÂles with high transfer rate. Y ou must îÂÂrst connect two computers (at least one of them is ASUS product) using a network cable, and then install the utility to both computers to avail the AI Direct Link feature. ⢠T urn off your îÂÂrewall software other than Windows Firewall before launching AI Direct Link. ⢠The transfer rate is limited if you use a 10/100 LAN card. Using AI Direct Link T o enable the incoming folder: 1. From the Windows î taskbar , right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Incoming folder > Enable incoming folder. 2. If you want to to verify the incoming user , select Use my account and set your username and password. Otherwise, select Use public account . For securityâÂÂs sake, it is recommended that you set a username and password. 3. Click OK and the âÂÂReady for incomingâ message appears. T o disable the incoming folder , select Incoming folder > Disable incoming folder . For Windows XP Home edition users, click Steps of enabling îÂÂle sharing on this pop-up message and follow the instructions to enable the incoming folder .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-25 The default path of the AIDirectLinkIncoming folder is C:\Program Files\ASUS\AI Direct Link. T o change its location, disable the incoming folder îÂÂrst. Then, select Incoming folder > Change incoming folder to open the system directories, and move the AIDirectLinkIncoming folder under another directory . T o connect to another computer: This function is valid for ASUS products only . 1. From the Windows î taskbar , right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Connect. The following screen displays. 2. Click Refresh . The software starts searching for the connected computer . 3. The name of the computer found is listed. Click Open to open its shared folder . 4. If necessary , enter the authorized username and password. Click OK to log in and have full access to this shared folder . 4. Right click on the AI Direct Link icon and select Incoming folder > Open incoming folder . The AIDirectLinkIncoming folder opens. Put the îÂÂles you want to share into this folder . The authorized user has full access to this folder .
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.10 AI Audio 2 (SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility) The ADI AD1988B High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the support DVD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î / SoundMAX î BlackHawk icon on the taskbar . Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-27 A. SoundMAX BlackHawk (AI Audio 2) If you are using Windows î Vista operation system, from the taskbar , double-click the SoundMAX î BlackHawk icon to display the SoundMAX î control panel. Enabling AI Audio 2 Click the power button to activate digital signal processing. AI Audio 2, with the new SoundMAX BlackHawk by Sonic Focus, brings you more multi-media enjoyment. Fidelity Compensation After you click the power button , the utility would compensate for the îÂÂdelity lost in the compression process and make the audio output quasi-original when reverting the compressed audio streams back to the uncompressed condition. Sound Field Expansion AI Audio 2 also expands the stereophonic sound îÂÂeld to a multi-channel one with realistic front and rear environment. Surround Virtualization Activating this function virtualizes surround sound with the vocal clarity added for use with stereo speakers or headphones. SoundMAX BlackHawk (AI Audio 2) is only available under the Windows î Vista⢠operating system.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Playback Settings T o conîÂÂgure the playback settings, click the Playback button on the control panel. Y ou can adjust the volume of the Speakers and SPDIF Interface or mute the audio. Preset settings Click and expand the drop-down menu to select your preferred Digital Signal Processing (DSP) preset. Move the sliders to customize the values of V oice Clarity , Dynamics , Brilliance , and Deep Bass of each preset. Click Save to save the changes to the current preset. Or , click Reset to discard the changes and restore the preset to the factory defaults. Surround settings Allows you to change the settings of the stereo speakers. Move the sliders to change the listener position or adjust the center channel volume. Press the T est Speakers button to perform speaker test. Port settings Click this port settings tab to display the rear panel ports conîÂÂguration for the speakers or rear panel d igital port conîÂÂguration for th e SPDIF interface.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-29 More Settings Click for the further conîÂÂgurations. Equalizer Allows you to conîÂÂgure and customize all the DSP presets frequencies. Recording Settings T o change the recording settings, click the Recording button on the control panel. Y ou can adjust the speaker delay of Microphone or Line In by moving the slider rightward or leftward. Port settings Click the tab to display the rear panel ports for Microphone or Line In. ANDREA settings Allows you to select an enhanced microphone input features, including No Filtering , Spea kerp hone , V oice Recordi ng , and Directional Beam . Record testing Click the tab to perform test recording and play the test sample through the speak ers or the SPDIF interface.
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Speakers Allows you to adjust the Speaker T rim and Speaker Delay . Bass Allows you to do the Bass management. Preferences Displays the preference options for this utility , version information, AudioESP , etc.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-31 B. SoundMAX If you are using Windows î XP operating system,from the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-33 Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Listening Environment options Click the Listening Environment tab to set up your speaker , acoustic environment, and enable/disable the Virtual Theater Surround function.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Click the Microphone tab to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features V oice recording Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . Directional Array Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. Y ou can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. ⢠The Directional Array and Speaker Phonefunction only when working with the ASUS Array Mic. ⢠The ASUS Array Mic is purchased separately . ⢠If you are using Windows Vista, you have to manually enable the directional Array and Speaker Phone function. Go to Control panel > Sound . Click the Recording tab on the top and select Microphone . Click the Microphone Enhancement tab and check Array Mic .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-35 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with one RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠T he NVID IA î nForce ⢠780i SLI Southbri dge include s a high perform ance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10* conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver an y advantage over using separ ate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, îÂÂrst copy the RAID driver from the Support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. Enab le the RAID Enab led item in the BIOS . See sect ion â 4.5 .3 Onboar d Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration â for details. 3. Select and enable the SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section â 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration â for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠680i SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support DVD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.5 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-37 ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID User Guideâ found in your motherboard Support DVD. ⢠When using Windows î XP operating system, make sure to install the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions. Make sure to re-enter your NVRAID settings after the CMOS is cleared; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup. Entering the NVIDIA î RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del
5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning TIP: For server systems, we recommend us ing a low er a rray block size. For mu lt im edi a c om pu te r sy st em s us ed ma in ly for au di o an d v id eo edi ti ng , w e recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Pre ss <T AB> selec t the Strip ing Blo ck th en p re ss <E nt e r> . Th e fo l lo wi ng submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-39 Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears. Y ou will need to enter Window î XP and run the NVIDIA utility in order to complete the rebuilt process.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-41 Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Pr e ss < D > t o d el e te a R A ID a r ra y . T he f o ll ow i ng co n fi r ma ti o n m es s ag e appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 3. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 5-43 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. For Windows î Vista⢠operating system, use either a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB device with the RAID driver . 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS T o create a RAID/SA T A driver disk without entering the OS: 1. Boot your computer . 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility . 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Insert the support CD into the optical drive. 5. Save changes and exit BIOS. 6. Press any key when the system prompts âÂÂPress any key to boot from the optical drive.â 7. When the menu appears, press <1> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted îÂÂoppy disk into the îÂÂoppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows î : 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Make Disk menu, then click NVIDIA 32/64 bit XP/Vista SA T A RAID Driver to create a NVIDIA î 32/64 bit XP/Vista⢠SA T A RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a îÂÂoppy disk/USB device into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/USB port. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver in Windows î XP: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
5-44 Chapter 5: Software support T o install the RAID driver in Windows î Vistaâ¢: 1. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB device with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/ USB port. 2. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Graphics card setup .................................................................... 6-2
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install up to three identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠In Dual SLI mode, you should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠In 3-way SLI mode, you should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver suppor ts the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See page 2-30 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA 3-way SLI technology supports Windows î Vista operating system only . ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing three SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare three graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the 3-way SLI bridge connector . GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-3 2. Insert the îÂÂrst graphics card into the PCIEX16_1 slot (blue), the second into the PCIEX16_2 slot (black), and the third into the PCIEX16_3 slot (blue). Make sure that the cards are properly seated on the slots. 3. Align and îÂÂrmly insert the 3-way SLI bridge connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 3-way SLI bridge connector
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 4. Connect auxiliary power source from the power supply to the three graphics cards separately . 5. Connect a VGA or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend that you install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-5 6.2.2 Installing two SLI-ready graphics cards 1. Insert one graphics card into the PCIEX16_1 slot (blue) and the other into the PCIEX16_3 slot (blue). Make sure that the cards are properly seated on the slots. 2. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 3. Connect auxiliary power source from the power supply to he two graphics cards separately . 4. Connect a VGA or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend that you install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support ⢠Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports t he NVIDIA î SLI⢠te chnology . Downloa d the l atest driver from the NVID IA website (ww w . nvidia.com). ⢠If you are using s 3-way SLI system, make sure to install the 3-way SLI driver under Windows î Vista OS. The NVIDIA 3-way SLI technology supports Windows î Vista OS only . 6.2.3 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.4 Enabling the NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the SLI feature in NVIDIA î Control Panel under the Windows î Vista operating system. Launching the NVIDIA Control Panel Y ou can launch the NVIDIA Control Panel by two methods. (a) Right click on the empty space of Windows î desktop and select NVIDIA Control Panel. (b) If you cannot see the NVIDIA Control Panel item in step (a), select Personalize .
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe 6-7 From the Personalization window , select Display Settings . From the Display Settings dialog box, click Advanced Settings. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab, then click Start the NVIDIA Control Panel .
6-8 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. The NVIDIA Control Panel window appears. Enabling SLI conîÂÂguration When installing two graphics gards: From the NVIDIA Control Panel window , select Set SLI ConîÂÂguration , then click Enable SLI and set the display for viewing SLI rendered content. When done, click Apply . When installing three graphics gards: 1. From the NVIDIA Control Panel window , select Set SLI ConîÂÂguration , then click Enable 3-way NVIDIA SLI . When done, click Apply . 2. Select the 3D Settings tab and enable the Show SLI Visual Indicators item. When this item is enabled, a green bar appears on the left side of the screen while 3D demonstrations are rendered, indicating the 3-way SLI status.
A CPU features The Appendix describ es the CPU features a nd t e c hn o l o gi e s t ha t t h e mo t h e rb o a r d supports.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe Chapter summary A A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe A-1 A.1 Intel î EM64T ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EM64T . Y ou can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www .asus.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi sit www .mi cro sof t.c om fo r mo re inf orm atio n o n W ind ows î 64-bit OS. Using the Intel î EM64T feature T o use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T . 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î Vista 64-bit Edition or Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any . Refe r to t he expa nsion card or add-o n devi ce(s ) docu mentati on, or visit the rela ted we bsite, to ver ify if the ca rd/dev ice suppor ts a 64 -bit s ystem. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EIST . Y ou can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www .asus.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EIST feature. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST , check your system if it meets the following requirements: ⢠In tel î processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Oper ati ng sy stem w ith EI ST supp ort (W ind ows î Vist a, Win dow s î XP SP2/ Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions).
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.2.2 Using the EIST T o use the EIST feature: 1. T urn on the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. Go to the Advanced Menu, highlight CPU ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep (TM) T ech. item to [Automatic], then press <Enter>. 4. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 5. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties from the pop-up menu. 6. When the Display Properties window appears, click the Screen Saver tab. 7. Click the Power button on the Monitor power section to open the Power Options Properties window . 8. On the Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/OfîÂÂce Desktop or Always On. 9. Click Apply , then click OK. 10. Close the Display Properties window . After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low . The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating system.
ASUS P5N-T Deluxe A-3 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠The motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processors with Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hy per -Thr ead ing Te chn ol ogy is sup por ted und er Win dow s î Vista/XP and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyper- Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www .intel.com/info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to [Enabled]. The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 3. Restart the computer .
A-4 Appendix: CPU features